48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

220
loe poco cresc. a poco a poco decresc *Ai ± -^ g B g ^ fc- I legato > P f -T^v si -<i>- f # i* a P S3  f p r r r 8) a cresc. 1 3 2 ^r (molto tenuto) /?0£0 /*#. _ 2) Emphasize the development of the inverted motive (alto, soprano, b^ss). 8) The formula of the sequence at first appears as a whole measure (a), and later in diminution as a half-mea sure (b) and quarter- measure (c).

Upload: jimmys-vertigo-party-crasher

Post on 01-Mar-2018

278 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 1/220

loe

poco cresc.

a

poco

a

poco

decresc

*Ai

±

-^

g

B

g ^

fc-

legato

>

P f

-T^v

-<i>-

f

# i* a P

S3

  *»

f

p r r r

8)

a

cresc.

1

3

2

^r

(molto tenuto)

/?0£0

/*#.

_

Emphasize

the

development

of the

inverted

motive

(alto, soprano,

b^ss).

The

formula

of the sequence at

first appears

as

a

whole measure (a),

and later in

diminution

as

a

half-mea

(b)

and

quarter-

measure

(c).

Page 2: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 2/220

107

U

Fuga

XVIII,

a 4.

Andante

(non

troppo)

con

un

certo

sentimento

severe.

quasi

stacc.

mho*

jPffff

£

71071

f

T

l^i

^^'J-gf

3

C31

%

*

4

3 2

1

Ap

^ej'Lf-

Jp

3nJjjJ3JIS

£7/tf67

S/fr£G.

1)

/?0C0

legato

poco

legato 3)

The motive

ffi

|

,

while

not

properly

belonging

to

tne

ineme,

almost

always follows

on

its heels,

although

in

another part from

that

having

the

theme.

This

extremely

expressive

counter

-theme

may

almost

rival

the principal

theme

in

the importance

accorded

it

performance.

These

chords

(the

closing

formula of

the

first

counter-subiect),

should

be

struck

very solidly,

and

not too

short.

Page 3: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 3/220

>Mv>\

. i.i

;i i iiiii i:,i

 ,

.

Hilt

II HUH:

 willy'

i.'ii/

JKKM

BACH-BUSONI

THE

FIRST

TWENTY-FOUR

Preludes

and

Fugues

OF

The

Well-

Tempered

Clavichord

^

Complete

(With

Supplement)

$5.00

Book

1

2.00

Book

2

2.00

Book

3

2.00

(Prices

npply

to U.

S.

A.)

G.

SCHIRMER,

IXC.

New

York

immmnmmnmmmimmmmm

\

m \

mmMm\\mm\w\m\mm\mmm\

\

mumimwu\i

T

U

rr

\

r

Page 4: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 4/220

:J4

0CV4

David

().

McKay

library

^lAk

Kirks

$

ON

crt

r»r

Page 5: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 5/220

^*

Lo

DATE DUE

MAR

22

1995

apr

i

i

iyyo

A

p

R

?o

i::s

JUN

-g

\oor\

MAY

1

4

NOV

8

2001

Fa

1

^^

B

n

7

?f

)f)5

SFP

2

2005

MAY

2

6

2012

DEMCO, INC.

38-2931

4K

^G

'^

<*

°%^

 '0

5J

^

.

*o

s

Page 6: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 6/220

Page 7: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 7/220

2#

3c-/g/<»

Ed.

198

THE

WELL-TEMPERED

CLAVICHORD

BY

JOHANN

SEBASTIAN

BACH

Revised,

Annotated,

and

Provided

with

Parallel

Examples

and

Suggestions

for

the

Study

of

Modern

Pianoforte-Technique

by

FERRUCCIO

B.

BUSONI

3

G.

SCHIRMER,

New

York

RICKS

COLLEGH

DAVID

0.

McKAY

LIBRAE

REXBURG.

IDAHO

8/

Page 8: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 8/220

lit

rodm

n

i<

>i

1.

*»*+^* H^

M^^»

[

,i

Mugic,

Johahw

Sebastian

Bach

contributed huge

Mocks,

firmly

and

mrnm m̂hrn

the]

And ill

tills

BMD6

foundation

of

0U1

present

style

of

composition

isto

of

modern

pianoforte-playing.

Ontsoaring

his

time

by

generations,

his

thoughts

and

rtionfl

for

whose

expression

the

means

then

at

command

were

inadequate.

This

alone

lain the

met,

that

the

broadei

arrangement, the

 modernizing , of

certain

of

his

works

(by

Liszt,

md

others)

does

not

violate

the

 Bach

Btyle

indeed,

rather

seems

to

bring

it

to

full

perfection;

it

explains

how

ventures

like

that

undertaken by

Rati,

for

instance, with the

C/taconne* are

possible

without

degenerating

into caricature.

ssors,

Haydn

and

Mozart,

are

actually more

remote

from us,

and

belong

wholly

to

their

arrangements

oi

any

of

their

works

in

the

sense

of the

Bach

transcriptions

just

noticed,

would

be

..id

blunders

The

clavier

-compositions

of

Mozart and

Haydn

permit

in

no

way of

adaptation

to

our

piano-

te-etyle;

to

their

entire

conception

the

original

setting

is

the

only

fit

and

appropriate

one.

The

spirit

of

Mo/art's

piano

-style

is

handed down,

in

a

form internally

weakened

but

externally

inched,

by

B

mmel.

With the

latter

begins

that

phase

of

musical history

which

deserves

to

be termed

•feminine'*,

wherein Bach's

influence,

and consequently

his

connection

with

the

composing

virtuosi

of

the

piano-

forte,

grows

weaker and

weaker

parallel

with the

comprehension

of

these

gentlemen for Bach's music.

The

unhappy

leaning

towards

 elegant

sentimentality ,

then spreading wider and wider

(with ramifi-

cations into our

own

time),

reaches

its

climax in Field, Henselt,

Thalberg

and

Chopin**,

attaining, by its

peculiar

brilliancy

of

style

and tone,

to

almost

independent

importance in the history of

pianoforte-literature.

But with

Beethoven,

on the

other hand,

new points

of contact

with

the

Master

of

Eisenach

were

evoked,

bringing

the

advance

of

music

nearer

and ever nearer to

the

latter;

nearest of all in

Liszt

and

Wagner***,

the

characteristics

in

the

style

of

either

pointing directly Bach-ward,

and completing

the circle

which

he

began.

The attainments of

modern

piano

forte

-making,

and

our

command

of their wide resources,

at

length render it

possible

for us to

give

full

and perfect

expression

to Bach's

undoubted intentions.

It

therefore seemed

to me

the proper

course

to

pursue,

to

begin

with

a digression from the

 Well-

tempered Clavichord

a

work

of

so high importance for the

pianoforte

and

of

such

comprehensive

musical

value

.

that

I

might

trace

and show (from

the

very trunk,

as it

were)

the

manifold

outbranchings

of modern

pianoforte-

technic.

Although

we owe to Carl

Czerny

a man whose importance

is

derivable

in

no

small

measure from

the

fact,

that he forms the

intermediate

link

between Beethoven and

Liszt

the resurrection,

so

to

speak,

f

the  Well-

tempered

Clavichord , this

admirable

pedagogue handed

us the

work

in

a garb

cut too

much

fter

the

fashion of his

period;

hence,

neither

his

conception nor

his

method

of

notation

can pass unchallenged

the

present

time. Bulow

and

Tausig,

advancing

on the

path

opened

by the revelations

of their

master,

*

This

piece,

originally

written

by

Bach

for

solo

violin,

was

arranged

by

Raff

for

full

orchestra.

**

Chopin's

puissant inspiration,

however,

forced

its

way

through

the slough

of

enervating, melodious

phrase

-writing

and the

euphony

of

mere virtuose

sleight-of-hand,

to the

height

of teeming

individuality.

In

harmonic

insight

he

makes

a

long

stride

the

mighty

Sebastian.

Mendelssohn's

 Hummelized

piano-style,

overflowing

with

smoothly

specious

counterpoint,

has naught

in

common

with Bach's

polyphony, all

earlier

and persistent

arguments

to

the contrary notwithstanding.

On

the

other hand,

Mendelssohn's

successful

to

inaugurate

performances of

Bach's

works,

must be

set down

as redounding to his

credit.

The

truth

of

this

assertion,

as

regards

Liszt,

shows

most

clearly

in

his magnificent Variations

a

motive

from

Bach

Klagen ), and

in

the

Fantasia

and

Fugue

on B,

A,

C,

H.

Conversely,

the

recitatives in

Bach's

Passions

stand

nearest,

among

all

classico

-

musical

productions, to

Wagner's

spirit,

both

in

pect

to

their

expressional

form

and

depth

cf feeling.

(Comp.

Note 3 to

Prelude

VI.]

11.660

Page 9: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 9/220

by

his

interpretations of

the

classics,

were

the

first

to

attain,

to

fully

satisfactory

results

in

the

editing

Bach's

works. This is

abundantly

proved,

in

particular,

by

Bulow's

masterly

edition

of the

Chromatic

and

Fugue, and

Tausig's

Selection

from

these

Preludes

and

Fugues.

Much

will

be

met

with,

in

the

course

of

this

work,

which

substantially

agrees

with

Tausig;

but

iden-

passages

are

rare.

In

this

connection

I

beg to

quote

from

a

letter

written

by the

poet

Grabbe

to

Immer-

concerning

a proposed

translation

of

Shakespeare:

 Where

I

could

use

Schlegel ,

he

writes,

 I

did

so;

it

is

ridiculous,

stupid, or vain

in

a

translator

to

leap

aside

over

hedges

and

ditches,

when;

his

predecessor

made

a path

for

him .

The need

of an edition

as complete*

and

correct in

form

as

possible

has

induced

the editor, in

this

to furnish

such

an

one,

to

bestow

upon

his

work

the

most

painstaking

and

conscientious

attention,

reinforced

more

than

ten years'

study of

this

particular

subject.

The present

edition,

however,

also

aims

in a

certain

at

re-founding,

as it

were,

this

inexhaustible

material

into

an

advanced

method,

on

broad lines,

of

this aim

will,

however,

be

carried

out

principally

in

Tart.

I, that

being

preponderant

in

the

of

its

technical

motives.**

The present work is also

intended

as a connecting

link

between

the

editor's

earlier

edition

(publ.

by

and

Hartel)

of

Bach's Inventions,

forming

on

the

one

hand

a

preparatory

school,

and

his

concert-

of Bach's

Organ-

fugues

in D

and

Efy,

and of

the

Violin-

Cltaconne,

which

will

serve,

on

the

other

as

a

close

to

the

course herein

proposed.

Following

these

last,

the study

of

further

pianoforte

-

arrangements

of

Bach's

organ-

works

is

recom-

namely:

Liszt,

Six Preludes

and Fugues.

Fantasia

and Fugue,

G- minor.

Tausig,

Toccata and

Fugue,

D- minor,

d'

Albert, Passacaglia.

When

these

works

have

been

thoroughly

learned,

both

musically

and

technically,

every

really

ambitious

of the

piano

ought to take

up

the still

unarranged

organ-compositions

of

Bach, and

try

reading

them

sight

wfth

as

great

completeness and

richness of

harmony

as is

possible

on

the

pianoforte

(doubling the

in

octaves wherever feasible). The

manner in which

this

is to

be

executed,

is

suggested

in

the

of

Transcription

given as

an Appendix

to Part

L

Still,

this

comprehensive

course

of

study in Bach's

piano-music

forms but

a

p<irt

of

that which is

neces-

to

make

a

thorough

pianist of a person naturally gifted.

If this

truth were stated in plain terms

by

even-

teacher to zealous

beginners, the standard

wherewith

people

are

now-a-days

content

to

compare

artistic and

moral

capacities

of

students

would speedily

be

raised to a height

inconveniently

beyond

the

of

the

generality.

By

such means a

barrier

might

gradually

be built up

against dilettantism

and

me-

and thus

against

the

degeneration

of

art,

a barrier which

might

cause

many to pause and

reflect,

carefully

than

present conditions

render

needful,

before risking

a leap and

a

possible

breaking

of

necks.

*

Tausig

unfortunately

left

the

greater

half

of the

work

untouched,

several

keys being

unrepresented

in his

Collection;

even

monumental

Bh-

minor fugue

in Part

II

(to

mention one instance) is omitted;

neither

can

he

escape

the

censure

of having reproduced

incorrect

readings

of the Czerny

text.

BischofTs

and

Kroll's praiseworthy

efforts were confined

for the most

part

to

a

critical

revision.

Recent

good

editions

are those by

Franz

and

Dresel, Louis Kohler, Jadassohn, Reinecke and

Riemann. The

chief

aim

this

last

revision is

analytical

phrasing and

anatomization. Analyses

in

book

-form

have also

been

published

by

Riemann

and

still

by van

Bruyck.

**

The

editor

does not

for

a

moment imagine

that he

is able

to exhaustively

accomplish this

task

alone.

He

will

be well

if

he

should

succeed

in

disclosing

a

broader

horizon

for the study

of

Bach's

works,

and

in

formulating

a plan for

successfully

over

the

interval

between

the  Well-tempered

Clavichord

and

modern piano-technic.

New

York,

January,

1894.

Ferruccio

B.

Busoni.

Page 10: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 10/220

 Tin

1

Well-tempered

Clavichord

w

l.\

JOHANN

SEBASTIAN

BACH.

Revised,

annotated,

and

provided

with

parallel

exercises

and

ac-

mpanying

directions

for

the

study

of

modern

pianoforte~technic

hv

FERRUCCIO

B. BUSONI.

Prelude

I

Moderato.

1)

a

UL

Part

I

^y'.r^ .rf

2

&—J-

s

^

i

i

i

^

iJfc-^1

J*—

9c

(W

^mrtrt

(%&.

..«) (%0.

j.

.*)

^

9i

:^~ii

jw

?

7=

{siwi/r)

;.')

l)

The flowing

and

even

movement

in sixteenths

must be

kept

up

between

the

8th

and

9th

notes in each meas-

and

between

the

successive

measures;

do

not

play

or

thnsd):

^

^'^

^*7^

I

IT

i

2)

The

Fditor

recommends

abstention

from

the use

of the pedal

up

to

the

5th

measure

of

the

3<?

section,

and

strict

holding-

down

of the

left-hand notes

instead,

which

very nearly

gives

the effect

of the

pedal.

8)

Tausig's

conception

of this

prelude,

requiring a

pianissimo

execution throughout, is

likewise deserving of

and

forms an entirely new

study.

IB.

I. For

the

attainment

of

a perfect

legato,

practice

the figure

first

in

andantino

tempo, with

a somewhat

touch,

and

in

such

a

way

that

each tone in

the right

hand

is

successively held down

through

the

true

du-

r.

h.

of the

next, thus

assuming

the

time-value

of an

ei^

r.h.

II.

Then

try

to obtain

the

effect of the

original

notation

by

playing

the

figure

thus:

Allegro,

leygiennente.

nr

g

3 I

3

2 1

2

~T

ft

right hand

left

hand.

fti

«

^

 ?

i

3

1

*

Copyright,

1894,

by Q.

Schirmer

Cine

J

renewal

assigned,

1926.

to G

Schirmer

(Inc.)

\

1

fiflo

X

Printed

in

the

U.

S.

A.

Page 11: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 11/220

3

piKv

riitfi

:^—^l

5>~^l

-m

?^

is^

frl

h-g

gj

fcj.

#=A

5Mr-J

j[^

l

Ik^-

%y^i

ljr-l

m

&^

9~&-

4-S-

»

a

////?

i>

=

////;:

III.

This Prelude

is

also

adapted

for

the

practice

of

an

energetic

staccato in

the

following

arrangement.

practicing

this

staccato,

care

must

be

taken

to

render the

interchanging

of

the

hands

perfectly

smooth

and

even.

moderato.

•IV. Finally,

this

Prelude

may also

be

usefully

employed

lor Hie

study

of the

lightest

staccato (in

close

imita-

of

the  springing bow

on

the

violin).

The

following

arrangement

will

serve

as

a

preparation for

the

4^

h

of

the

Liszt

-

Paganini

etudes.

vivace,

leggienssimo.

Page 12: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 12/220

.

f

SSS

1

m~

'

' '

'

^m

~

m-

7

^

r

r.

/

i~'M.

*

V

t

•in

ffiiu/u

*~'w~:

, *'**:

%Jr~J

^1

#0^

*W

i3

2)

Tu\

**£

^

JJKJ

?^i

w

*

<&>.

^

*4>.

*

(OGSia:.yS

S'inpir

forte

ig^i

fe^

?>-~J

7J.)

g^

i*?

1

F

%i

&

%b

*

(ossia.Jf.

molto

largamehte

ed

armomoso

1

2

3

J

3

<

£2

1

4

allaric. .

4)

The

Editor

desires to

Caution

against

an over -valuation,

or possible

under-valuation,

of this

piece.

To

quote

Riemann,

it

is

simply

a portal

to the

entire

work;

forming, however,

in

its

euphony

and structural finish,

a

highly

satisfactory

jnusical

introduction.

41660

Page 13: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 13/220

Fugal,a4.

Moderato,-

quasi

Andante.

quasi/

BL

?

L

1)

The

theme is

equal in

length

to

6

quarter

-notes,

or

IV2

measures

in

4/4

time.

As

the

parts

follow

each

in

close

succession.,

without

intermediate

episodes,

the

entrances

at

S.

and

B.

produce

a

shifting of

the

4/4

resulting

in

an

apparent 3/2

measure.

2)

S

stands

for

Soprano, A

for

Alto,

T

for

Tenor,

and

B

for

Bass;

they

always indicate

the

entrance of

the

The

notes

on

the

upper

staff

are

for

the

right

hand

throughout;

those on

the

lower staff

for

the

hand

only.

Page 14: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 14/220

a

i

a

>

i

^

*

*

'i *%

<*

-i

#

*

 #

j>

*

. is*

I

•>

P\

:

 *:;•»

pochisfiimo

rttrn.

>

y

3

fi

1

l'

:i

J>

pre motto

trim

ft

>

<

•>

?

^35

354

3)

The

3d

and

4^ quarters

in

the

bass

originally

conceived

thematically:

p

p

r

jf

4)

According

to the

formal

structure,

the

double-bar

belongs

here;

according

to the

polyphonic form,

soprano

and

bass

close

half

a measure further

on.

5)

The

bass

phrase

*»p

*

|

'

^ »H

is a mutilation

of

the

theme;

here

the

stretto

simply grows freer. In the

measure

of

the

development

but one,

the tenor

alone

remains

 thematic -

the

sole

survivor,

as it

were, of

battle

between

trie

parts;

in

the

last

measure

we

even

lose

every

trace

of the

theme.

Page 15: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 15/220

(

*

V

5

B 3

4

2

6

3

B

J

f?\

(after

Tausig)

A

fugue so

architectonically perfect in

construction

as this

will be

met with, in

the course

of

Part

I,

possibly

one

other

case_ that of

the notable

E\>-

minor

fugue,

whose

 architectural

style

is,

to be sure, en-

different.

Here

the

culminating

effect

is massed in

the

middle;

whereas in

tbe

E\>

-minor fugue

the

insa-

upward

striving'

presses

onward

to

the

very last

measure.

The

exposition

(the

successive

appearance of

the

theme

in

each of

the four

parts, with alternation

be-

the

tonic and dominant

keys)

embraces

6

measures,

and may

be

represented

graphically

by

a

straight

The

development

then follows in

three

sections,

the

middle

one

being that

most

replete

with

con-

devices,

while

the third

development

-section

gradually

leads

back into

the

 straight

line

(Coda).

Retaining

our

architectonic

comparison,

we feel

tempted

to

illustrate the

scheme

of

this

fugue

by

means

of

annexed

figure

B

conformably to

which

we have

A

=

Exposition,

6

measures

a

= 7

measures

-

Stretto

'

=

.i

)eVel°

pment

'

)b=

5

measures

s

continually

narrowing

Stretto

(climax)

c

= 5

measures

=s

simple

Stretto

again,

and

return to

rest.

17

measures

C

= Coda. 4

measures

=

Organ-

point on

the

tonic.

11660

Page 16: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 16/220

Prelude

II.

a

i

lea

po

con

i

imm

B

1

I

.t

1

C

1

i

:

i

:i

B I

iUmgrLffl

ffi The

technical

utility

of

this

Prelude _

which is comparable

to an

agitated

stream reflecting

the

flames of a

conflagration- may

be

enhanced:

a)

by

a

strict holding

of

the notes

with

both

little

fingers;

b)

by a

martel-

lato

variation

of

the

principal

figure

with

an

 alternate

striking of

the

hands in

double

notes'

(Zweigriffen);

or

c)

by added

octaves, thus, rendering

the

whole

a

study

of

sixths In

' transcendent

execution .-

This Prelude

Bach wrote

it)

also

makes

an

excellent

preparation

for

the

study

of

the

trill'

with

the

l

s

_t,

2$,

and

3d

fingers,

e.

g.

=2

R

2

1323182812

f

Studie.

(Etude.)

ten. ten.

i

i

V^s

i

r

k

rr¥^F

f

^t

2E

^

I7T3

JTR

ITO

JS5-

a)

s

«

^

£3*

7?3J7?3

2E

«i

*

i*

775J7J5

etc.

3E

£

-

f

¥

en.

f

c

,

L

Studie.

(Etude.)

,6s

I

6

*

?

IS

m

?S

£ £

£Fr

^

s-

f-

%

t't

%

$

i

b)

V-5-H:

c

fcl l j.

1

J

d

=

S

l

|

,

*

a

TT^

,^W

6

S

4 3

(I

i)

TtjXl

W. (Aft

ensure

ueao

Page 17: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 17/220

(4 3

4 6

3 2 8)

38842181

5

2 13

13

12

1)

In the

Editor's

opinion, the

first

period

ends

with the

14

th

measure in

the

relative

key,

and

the

second

with

next 18

measures, jdst

before

the

Presto.

This latter

embraces,

together

with

the

Coda,

14

meas-

more,

(reckoning

the

Adagio

as 4

allegro

measures);

hence

the

generally

satisfactory

symmetrical

ef-

This

division,

too,

best

accords

with

our

natural

perception.

(Measure

14.)

(Measure 16)

'»*»»»»»

i

U*

i

hi*

i

\>

i

(notto)

Page 18: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 18/220

ri«-^ti>.

.

*

*

m

-

m„

-

1

' '«

m

M

*

'-v

s

•&•:•

*->

ff*H»ffa#£f*pTV#£

>•'

»—

i«ia

I

4

t I

F

1

} i 1

_ I

\-\

f^

VffrTf

r

*

1

t)

'-

-4

ji_l

.

.

r,

4_i

i

:t

2

i

•I

• •>

1

I)

•,

>t

9

A

I

I

I

^)

i

^

*

m

*

• ««

.m

r m

_

1

3

4 1

,2 3j

9

45^|jJ[j

J

J

g

Adaiiio.

7

' o

g/

)

4

2 q

12

3 2 1 3

2

a

Alle

gT

o.

(Tempo

I.

poi aMorgando)

2

3

4 5

4

3 2

13

4 2

3

4

.1

? h*

*±**\

-t-

*

If-

ym>

***

*

*

*

*

***

^>

Se

a

recitando,

drammatico

 

7

••

*

=*F

£

2)

The

artist must

know,

among other

things,

how to husband

his

strength for climaxes and

turning-

points,

and

how

to

seize

opportunities

for

gathering

new

strength.

This

consideration makes the addition of a

hold

(

/O

)

over

the

G

in the

left

hand

appear justifiable; it

should

lend to

the

bass a

certain

organ- like

pon-

derousness,

and throw

the

P r e

s

t

o

-.'bearing down

all

barriers '

with its

irresistible flood- into

yet stronger

relief:

the

point

of rest

thus

gained

before

this

quasi

cadenza

will

also

enable

the

player

to

recover

the

necessary

lightness

and

elasticity,

which are

apt

to.

suffer

from

24

measures of an

obstinately

monotonous

movement.

Finally, this

same

left-hand

G

may

be

transformed,

by

adding

the lower

octave

and

employing the

Steinway

third

pedal (pedale

de

p

ro

lo n ge

me

nt, or

sustaining-

pedal),

into

an

effective

6-measure

or

gan-

point.

3)

The

tempo

to be

taken

here is

four times

as slow as that

of

the

preceding

movement, so that a

quar-

ter

of

the

Adagio

corresponds

to

an entire measure

of

the

Presto.

Supposing it

to be

played

without a

change

in

time

=

signature,

the

following reading

would yield a

rhythmically

correct

execution:

i

Allegro/*

allnrgando

te

The

difference

between

the

324-

notes and

64*h_

notes

is apt

to

be overlooked by

pupils,

who

thus

find them-

entangled

in most

extraordinary

measures:

the

above

simplified notation

will

aid them

in

finding

the

right

The

character

of

this

episode

is

that

of

a

broad

(;

recitative-

style'.'

Presto.

{Measure

2.)

6 8 U»

Page 19: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 19/220

robusfamente

• 5

<*

«

i>

ifeiLl li.8

« 8

2

11

2

4

8

1

8/Ts

Studie.teYwofeJ

Allegro

moderate

.546

#

£

£3g

£S

mf

m f

mf

, ,

?r

,

^

iSii^SS

E

=F

55-^

s

E

I

¥

\

m #

2

4

»

(Measure

to)

(Measure

14)

4 |

4

6

4

8

4

(Measure

16)

5

4

5 4 6

4 6

2

12

3 2

12

(Measure

19)

5

4

6

4

Pedal III.

,~g

ggf£s

-i

Ear

tm

m

g

.

i

s

fehr

Adagio.

I^S

6 8

rf

VJ

TT-

Page 20: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 20/220

n

£Av.

Puga

II.

a

').

V 1

>ii

tto.

\

[yacementr

12

5 4

1

t 1

1

|

~~

~

^.

-j-

I

I

1

4

I

*

4

I)

^' *^

j

J

:

*-

por-o

poco

*JJ8

2

1

2

8

*

7

'quasi

stacc.

1)

The

counterpoint

in eighth

-notes

to

be

played

staccato

throughout.

2)

At

first

sight,

one

is

easily

tempted

to

take

the

first half of this measure in th,e Soprano

for a con-

of the

preceding

sequence,

_

the

more

so, because the

sequence actually

goes on in

the

bass

for

an-

half-

measure.

It

is

for

the player to

separate,

in

the

phrasing, the entrance

of

the theme

on the

second

eighth

-note

from

the

episode,

and to bring

it out

by proper stress

on

the notes.

IB.

Its

pleasing,

almost

dance-

like

rhythm, its

subject progressing

by

the

simplest

of

intervals^ and

hence

easy

of

apprehension,

and

its

striking

economy of contrapuntal devices, have

made this

fugue,

perhaps,

the most

popular

one

in

the

whole

collection.

Taken

as

a whole,

the development

may be regarded

as

a

single

long

episode

(divertimento),

which

is

thrice divided,

at regular intervals

of time,

into shorter

sections

by

the

entrance

of

the

theme.

So

much

for

the

polyphonic

form; according

to its

formal

structu

r

e, this

part

consists

of

twice

8

measures.

14060

Page 21: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 21/220

18

'

jnon

legg.

5

5

13

4

i'P

C4

8)

I(l\

_ 5

4

1W

E

/

?*.

j»0C0

largamente

h

*i-

3)

The

two

passages

to

which

attention is

called

are

not

exactly easy

to

play

correctly,-

the counterpoint

in

a

staccato,

the

theme

in

due

relief,

the

syncopation strictly

observed.

Practice

slowly,

in

this way.

ij

\

«

4

p

 i 'f? r?.r?M

r

4)

The

added octaves

in the

bass

were

brought

into vogue by

Czerny.

The

Editor,

however,

agrees

with

Franz

Dresel

in

allowing

them

first

to

enter

with

the

entrance

of

the

theme,

and

also

supports

the

-opinion,

that

addition

cannot be

considered a

violation

of

Bach's

style.

Page 22: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 22/220

u

Prelude

III

Veloce

<•

legflltTO.

'

M

H

iXW«B

'•-•

iV\V'v'

M

I

U

1*.

4f

8

4

1)

Thifr

reading

is

also

authentic,

and

finds logical

confirmation in

the

2<*

measure

of

the

2&

section:

9)

d

'

|

is

later

consistently

transformed into

eighth-notes iii

the

up=beat,

thus:

v iY

=

H*W

Page 23: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 23/220

lr.

3^5~ 3l

8

2

^_

a

^

1

8 2

4

S

 ^

i

m

m

<?,)

^^

*«tft^f.i«{*

4

2

fc

X

6

3

Px

#

P

££»

1

3

r

r r r r

^

f

p

^

S

2

5

13)

P%$

^-#

i£l

£

zfe?:

i

i

^

a

y

jP2>/

JO

'^V»

LM

^riVr

=

3

5

3 13

(2

4)

1

4

5

2 5

D

to

.^-P-'

L

£

#

P

m

*

WT=F

^e£

r

rf'?

r

'

^==£

Page 24: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 24/220

i

a

3)

The

Editor

plays

this

after-

struck

g\

with

the clean

thumb

-

stroke

from

the joint,

keeping-

the

wrist

quiet

but

not

rigid.

The

rhythm

is marked

and supported

by

the

broken-

chord figure

in

the

left

hand,

which

must

be

struck

with

precision.

4)

The

3

eighth

-notes

of

this

measure

are

commonly

played in an

undefinable

species

of

time,

according

to

which

each

of

them

has

a

time -value

of

approximately 3

sixteenth

-notes.

This

mistake

is

inevitable

when

the

sixteenth

-note

figures

in

the

foregoing

6 measures

are

conceived

as

triplets-

a

weakness

to

which

di-

lettantes

and

the

like

are

prone to

succumb.

The cadence must

be

played

strictly

in

time

and

with

strong

emphasis,

sounding,

as it

were,

like

a

sudden

resolve.

Page 25: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 25/220

1)

17

Studie.

Etude.

Technische

Vuriuiiten

zu

Praeludium

III.

Technical

Vartanfsof

Prelude

III.

Da

eseguirsi

il

piii

ftdelntente

possibilc

in tempo

t

curattere

del

pvzzu

original*

B

5

'i

5

6

3

j

r

I ii

M

1)

This

study

must

not

be

taken

up

until

the

original:,

which

requires

what

might

be

termed

a

 flying

is

fully

mastered technically.

further

preliminary

exercise Is

obtained

by

transposing the

latter

into

C-

major.

lifieo

Page 26: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 26/220

1M

Vi

.

:

:

-T-

I

-

»

m

f-

i

i.

:

111'

»

a

, I

I

I -I—

I

I

I

m _

m 0.^0.

==3=3

m, II I -I

+

1

»

Mil,

rrt

r

PfPfff

*

^

i

i

i

i

ri

^

^

v

f

5

=

fci

^

&

E

l

k

& &

fe

e

f

-

rti

-#t t

1=3=3

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

fei^PiPlBlPPS

la

ft

r r

fint

ilrsc.

*sn

2jJ

t.* *

s

^

5

 

3

iHi

fz

^=£F

r

v »

I:

er

h

r SHl.Jj

^5^

^

SE

-A a .

6

^

c.

,

2

»)

(

S i

}

_2

2

i

x*

m

\

#

^S

^

#

*

ff

3tJ

it/

3^^

r

H

1

^

2

1

2

6

fr-Jr,

*-

* »

.

m

3f?

OH

P^

Page 27: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 27/220

19

Fuga

HI,

a

3.

Allegro

moderate.

1)

At

first

smoothly

Cynd

gracefully;

then with

a

gradual

intensification.

,

f

phrasings

of

(he the

in

t

e,e.

g

.,

t^Plr

I

ijj

£

may be

equally correct.

ten.

[Utl-Ulf^

1

2

3

(.3121213)

porn

pronunciato

Riemann's

proposed tempo-mark

 Andantino

piacevole

might easily

lead

to

a

certain

inappropriate

of

movement

and

expression very

prejudicial

to

this

fugue

in

which

rhythmical

culminating-

points

anrf

marked phrasing

are

indispensable.

Literal

execution

the

next

measure

in

same

way.

Page 28: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 28/220

I

M#

'

s

#•--'

• # #

<

I

3

1

a

1

m

9 ~

*

m

a

*3

almcntf

::.

r

Jx^'j

r

M

 

 

^

*

#

rJ

ma

v

o

ir

e

tor

e

d—

1

II

9

»'

#44

>

U'^

s>~-

\

i

• ~

Htenvtcmente.

l2

,

awy/ rsprr.ss

A

i

3

',

./

%

.

1

-*-rr*~*

4

3**

I i i

\1

,.

p

::

'<

-

or, ace. to

the

parallel

passage:

8)

Through

3Ve

measures

the

key

is

equivalent

(on

the

piano)

to

F-

minor.

This

idea

will

facilitate

play

them

by

heart.

4)

Here

the

downward leap

of a seventh

in

the

theme is

inverted to the upward

step

of

a second.

Page 29: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 29/220

lefg.

vi

3

2

 ,

*.

f>

.

7

^

*

, :

» « s

i

i

2

i

#

a

»

v-b)

r

r

i r p p r » TT » : L

FTegg.

(2 a

5)

(6

4

2)

1

N^

(J

5)

The

authentic readings

are **

in

the

left hand

and,

in

the

next

measure,

gi

in

the

right;

net

MjJ_

.

ordinary

and

incorrect

readings.

***'

and

Page 30: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 30/220

<

'»•>,'»

.

*#.*

;~

,

n

mil

1

1

\

tj

F

J

»

*

^

_

*

,

*

L

J

gg^

it

./'

4

3 5

4

o

6)

With

the

last

l

1

/*

measures

the

24

section

ends, they, at the

same time,

forming

the

commencement

of

the

^d

section

(0).

Combinations

of this

sort are

not

uncommon

in

polyphonic

forms

(compare,

for instance, No.

11

of

Bach's

Inventions in

the Editor's edition, and also

the

middle movement of

Beethoven's

Sonata, Op.

109,

in

Biilow's

edition.)

The subdivisions

above proposed,

indicating

the natural

boundaries within

the

development,

will

be

found

to

have

the satisfactory

proportion

of

9:19:9 measures;

it

is

evident,

that

the

middle

section is

about

twice as

long

as either of

the

others.

In

the

Editor's

judgment, the

third principal

division

now following

is to be

regarded

simply

as

an

epi-

logue,

wherein all

that has been

said

before is repeated

In

concentrated

form,

though

the

true

contrapuntal

development

comes

to

a

standstill.

Henceforward,

the

principal key is,

on the whole,

adhered

to;

the

brief tran-

sient

modulations

merely

serve

to

establish its domination

more

and more,

whereby

the

entire conclusion

at-

tains

to

the

very

height

of

affirmative

energy.

7)

Here

the

theme appears

as

if interwoven

in the figuration of the

highest

part;

modulation

from

the domi-

nant

key

to,

that

of

the tonic. It

is as

if

the Soprano

answered

itself in

the

key

of

the

higher fifth,

anticipating

any

further

reply

by returning

at the

same

time

to

the principal

key

and

reaching

a

definitive

close.

These

two

last

measures

in*

the Soprano,

might

be skeletonized

as follows:

k

l^prf

Page 31: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 31/220

23

Prelude

IV.

Andftute

serioso,

11011

troppo

sostenuto

ed

espressivo.

ttfca

.#)

(%T^Wj

(<$&.

._.*)

sempre sostenuto

-+

Aj

J-

J-

fi

2

8 4

2

3

'

B

i

P0CQ

2

item

1*

Si

^p

£^M

H

tt

'

a

1

yjfr

^SSS

ck

'?

i

MS

4--

VVT7)

(3

r/v.sr.

-.

J-

^^

*S

1)

The

time

is

to

be

imagined

as having

two

beats

to the

measure

(J.X2)

to

prevent

a

posMoie

drag-

of the

tempo.

11660

Page 32: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 32/220

•4

1

*

.

<

«

t^

J

/

motto espn

m

largajnente

(nUh

lurge

Tune)

poco

a pore

crcsc.

-

f.

mit gr

ossein

Ton.

V-*-

m

O

m

**m

/

;

2)

The

measures between

the

two

JB's are, formally

speaking,

only a melodic

prolongation

of the

ca-

an

interpolation

somewhat

in

 recitative-

style,

forming

in

any

event

a

highly

effective

deferment,

am}

an

enhancement,

of the

final

strain.

The

movement

as

originally

conceived,

supposing

this

 parenthesis'*

may be

reconstructed

as

below,

plainly showing

the

internal

connection

of

the

measures

immediately

and

following

the

l§t

and

2i

N3. respectively:

IB.

Through

the

chaste

melancholy

of

these

tones

there sounds

a

note

of

suppressed

pain,

bursting

forth only

rare

intervals,-

a

Pass

ion

-like

strain

for whose

expression

'a

truly devotional

mood, and an

earnest

con-

of the

full

depth

and

grandeur

of Bach's

style, can

alone

suffice.

Ingeniously

devised

nuances

will

not

vAll;

even

mature

artistic

powers

cannot dispense

with

what

is

termed,

In

common

parlance,

 mood?

 inspira-

It

follows,

that

the

marks

of

expression

and

shading,

which

ocnr

throughout

the

piece

are

meant,

and

serve,

merely

as

suggestions

and

not as

absolute

directions.

11*80

Page 33: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 33/220

26

Fuga

IV,

a 5.

Gravemente

e

sostenuto,

ma

non

troppo.^

T

poco pesante

3

3T

i

%

€-

A.II.

I

fc^

1

Rl

£

^

*J

sotto

voce, misterioso

2

1

*

l:tfJtfrt

«

E=g

J

^

1

~

-

J

'

S^

-e-

£

tf

^

£

::=*ap=35

B

poco

pesante

2)

1)

The

eighth-

notes of the

counter-

subject should

roll

on in a

tranquil,

stately movement,

to

which

the general

empo

must

conform.

2)

The

counter-

subject

3

plays,

in

the

first

section

of the exposition,

an

important

(almost

obbli.gato)

role,

which

is to

be

borne in

mind in

the

execution.

8)

Wherever a

moving

part

touches,

in

its-

course,

a

tied

note

in

another, so

that

they

sound

in

unison,

note

in

question

is

to

be

struck

again, out of

regard

for the moving

part.

4)

We willingly

assent to

Riemann's

view, that

the next 13

Vz

measures may be

considered

as a

second

exposition ,

aloeit

one

incomplete

in

fact

and

effect on

account

of

the omission

of

the

soprano

and

of

the

a

ito.

In

place

of

these,

however, the

24 ait

in

this

supplementary

exposition brings

out

ihe

theme

this

24

alto

_

not

the l

s

_t,

as

Riemann

asserts-

Is

to

be

regarded as the

final

exponent of

he theme.

By

the

partial

notation

of

the

theme

on

three

staves,

the

Editor

hopes

to

facilitate a

compreheniion

of

the

contrapuntal

scheme.

Page 34: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 34/220

*

*

o

~:

:

:

*

*

.

*

*

-

o

v

h

>4A

* '

* ?

-A

II

T

ft

*>

&

?

J-ff?J

JTC

i

*±A

o

y

V*

J_

L

J-

I

*v«

 

•)

>

rv

.

M.S,

B.

6

fei

*

,

4^

•«

M.D.

^

\>

rr

'l

2

3

M.D.

ah.

i**'2,

4,

p,

«;

»[

f

'c

77

i

1

XT

1

i=*

J.

V

*

Jtri

-»-

f

IP

 3T

f=

•-

wbjeci

I

rn~ii

mm

ftempre

mezza voc^

asft

A.II

T-

'2-1

i^

4

^5-

«?3

4£JL

(CI.)2

fflm^ro

acrcOn

5)

The

3

quarter-

notes

in

the

a u f

t^k

t (up-beat)

of the

1st

counter-subject

^

of

the

development;

the

chief

variations

are

are

variously

modified

in the

etc.

Page 35: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 35/220

27

1

«t

^Pp

Counter

siSjcct

U.

S

^

9Ejgg

_

,

^a^a

wtfrr.

R

l

*

4

:i

B

4

:{

4

'4315

(***«)

( )

I

i

.ST6T

-9-Hh

-e-

-yi j-J J

nraST

.Jj3

^B

i

1

n

af-a

P5

^

^5M

f

x.

IS

E

i

6

*5B^

jg§

.

^^

6)

From

this

point

Tip-

to

the

Coda,

the 1

S

_

T

counter-

subject

plays

an

entirely

obbligato

role;

i.

e.. it

becomes

the

persistent

and

constant

companion

of

the

principal

theme.

Likewise

obbligato up

to

the

very

end.

Do

not

make'

the

two

staccato

quarter

-

notes

too

short.

7)

Follow

out the

beautiful

leading

of

the

alto,

which

takes

up

successively

the

principal

theme,

and

the

24 and

l

6

.*

contra-

subject.

Also

follow

the

bass

at

beginning

of

3d

section:

here the

succession

is

dif-

ferent.

8)

The

chromatic

imitation

between

soprano

and

1?

altp.

commencing

here and

continuing

to

the end

of

the

second

section,

should

be

brought

out

prominently.

Page 36: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 36/220

'

-',.

*

1

*

0*0

>

'

ft?

.

>V

;.rf

*

SP

r

«

*>*

totux

^

fe

r r r r g r ^

^

2 12

3

i»—

*

ff

^

LT

l^TTa

f

A-iUt

s

m

i

1^1

J

n

w ^y

^'v,rH

^-

£

:

12

3

1

2fcfc*

f

^

/»f

/

3

1

24

J

cresc.

-nkJ^^U

i

X5I

-21

£

^^

&g

32

1

21~L

2.

t

m

*

Y

Page 37: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 37/220

29

s

\

ben

marcato

4

a

svi

I

Sf«\

(full

tone)

i

ft$

(s

3i

S)

§

£

#

£&

ir

?

I

i£L

broad

^s,

~*iroaa

^m

I

f—

«*..

-©-

e

/o

a)_

-2-

A.I.I

TV

-©-

331

=P

 TV

33Z

?

f

m

A=J=J^

331

351

-»:

^S4

331

33:

-e-

/?N

£J^

r>

331

331

oder:

or.-

isiSri

li

3

IB.

In

this

tugue

we

seem

to

be

borne

upward,

out

of

the

crypt

of a

mighty

cathedral,

through

the

broad

nave

and

onward

to

the

extreme

height

of

the

vaulted

dome,

Midway in our

flight,

the

unadorned

gloom

of

the

beginning

is

supplanted

by

cheerful

ornamentation;

mounting

to

the

close,

the

structure

grows

in

austere

sublimity;

yet

the

presence

of

the

unifying

idea

is

felt

everywhere,-

the

single

fundamental

mo-

tive

leaves

Its

impress

on

every

part.

Page 38: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 38/220

:<<•

Prelude

v.

yll

;

i,

pplrito

••

inolto

Kcorrevole

{{

,u\U

b

rew),

l)

9U

:

'

1)

The

rising

and

falling

of

the

figuration (in

the first section)

should

be accompanied

by a

corresponding

ami

subsidence

in

the

dynamic

shading-nuances,

which,

being

felt rather than

audibly expressed,

e too ethereal

for

expression by

written

signs.

2)

In

view

of

the

intimate relations

between

this

figural

motive

and that of

the

well-known

A

-

minor

pie

(publ.

separately)

by

the

same

master

^nrfgj

r-p

p

p

f^

the

latter- a five-finger

exercise

par

should be

taken up

together

with

this

prelude.

The

left

hand

taking

its

full

share

in

the

ex-

of

the

figure,

the following transcription

of

the

prelude,

for both

hands, will

offer few

difficulties after

fuirue-

study

is

completely

mastered.

Allegro vivace.

2

^S

^

4

d

I

=*==*:

^^m

:SiS

£51

**=

*

A

M.

s=^

~

r

a. ±tt

rrr\

d

±

I

i

ran

rm

JTO

fk

P

1 2

1 2 8

i 8

R1

2

1 4

2 3 4

8

5

8 2

5 2

1

2

 s~t

a

thus

To

the  positive

of this

perpetuum

mobile

Chopin's

Etude

Op.

25,

No.

2,

und the Finale

to

his

M-miXtt)

furnish

the

comparative

and

superlative.

Of

course,

this comparison refers chiefly to

the

technical

form.

to

the

musical

content,

of

these

pieces,

so different

in

many

respects.

But

all three

are alike

in

happiness

eorieeption

and

unitv

of

mood.

t P«0

Page 39: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 39/220

81

ossia:

)

-\

*

1

_^^

4235

15

1

4321234

R

1

82 12

34B

1

14 3

2

12

3 4

13 2 12 3

4 5

f*4^

+_2J

3

5

25

1

$

')

nJ)*p

*

'**

s*.

*-*?*»

J)1tf1

$1$

^

yr

7

yr

7

|

|

yr^#

>

3

g

1

ossia:

3

2)

_ „

4

b

13

2

1

2|||

1 4 ft 9

1

-

 t.^

*

to

*

Page 40: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 40/220

Fiiga

V

'•.

mi.

-in

moderate

«•<

eroioOj

piuttosto

Andante.

1

1)

The

tempo

may

be

approximately

determined

by

stating-, that

the

324 notes

of

the

Fugue are

about

equal

to

sixteenth-

notes

of the Prelude.

2)

Take

care

not to

play

the

dotted

note

too

long- or

the

sixteenth- note

too

short-

mistakes to

which teach-

#••

»

ears

have long

since

grown

accustomed;

not

this

way

 J- \

\

but

so

When

accom-

by

the

figure

in 324

notes,

the

proper

execution

is

sufficiently obvious.

KB.

Thanks

to

its

rhythmico-

plastic

forcefulness

and

the

exceeding

simplicity

of

its

contrapuntal

construction

for

instance,

the

carelessness

with

which

the

four

-part

structure

is held

together in

the

34

section),

fugue

divides

the

honors

of

popularity with

its

rival,

the

fugue

in

C-

minor.

However, it

is

none the

a

characteristic

piere

of the

first

rank,

and

finds

most effective

expression in

this fugal form.

Besides

this,

the

thematic

relations

between

Prelude

and Fugue

are closer than may generally

be

assumed;

common

harmonic

basis

would

render it

possible

to

superimpose

the

one

piece on

the

other,

course,

with

some

modifications).

E.

fe

.

11660

Page 41: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 41/220

5

4

1 2 3

43242

12

3

4 3 14

2

Page 42: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 42/220

Prelude

VI.

I

n

pooo

agitato,

doo

allegro

'

<

JE

2

f^afffl'-fj]

1

5

3

2 5

8 2

8

1)

(The

directions

under N°

1. Prelude V,

are also

to be

observed here.)

2)

That

is.

to

be

struck somewhat

shorter

than

the treble

notes,

but

not

with a dry

tone.

*B. This

Prelude is

to be played

non

legato throughout.

In

this

style of

touch

the

fingers

strike

the

keys'

without

aid

from

the

wrist,

and

the finger

which

is

down

springs

back from

the

key

before the

finger

falls.

This style

of

touch

differs,

however,

from

the

true

staccato in

that

the

tones,

although

one

from, the

other, should

have as

soft

and

sustained

a sound

as

the nature of

the

case

permits.

A suitable preparatory study to

the

foregoing

is

N9

10

of the

two-part

Inventions

by Bach

(in

the

Edi-

edition): a

useful after-

study

is

furnished

by

the

Prelude

itself,

played

through

sever

af-

times

wit

h-

l\

3

2

1

3

Ji4

%^

8

2 6

3

2

5 3

2J>

3

8J

8

2

|

«

2

5

t

8

5

8

8

3

2.

using the

thumb

etc.

At

this

stage, the

Editor

considers

it

proper

to call

attention

to the

importance of

the

non

legato

touch,

as

style

in

closest sympathy with

the

nature

of

the pianoforte.

In

it

is

to

be

sought,

for

example,

secret

of

the

-pearly

touch, which

is

based on the same

preconditions of

separatedness,

softness,

and

The

legato

touch favored

by

the

earlier

school

is,

in

point

of fact,

non-

attainable

on

the

piano-

tv,r.

>f

ip Isolated

instances,

an

effect

be

produced

which

is

illusively

like

a

true

legato.

Page 43: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 43/220

•5

&

4k

31242

3

5

12

4

k

.

(Friedemann

Bach's

*

Jf

flo

Close

ac:

to.'

The

chase after

an

ideal

legato

is

a relic

of

that

period in

which

Spohr's

violin

-method and

the Italian

of

song

held

despotic

sway

over

the

style

of

execution.

There obtained (and still

obtains) among

musi-

the

erroneous

notion,

that

instrumental

technic

ought

to

be

modelled

after the

rules

oi singing,

and

it

the

more

nearly

approaches

perfection,

the more

closely

it copies

this

model

so arbitrarily

set

up

imitation.

But

the

conditions-

the

taking

breath,

the

necessary joining

or

dividing

of

syllables,

words,

and

the

difference in

the

registers-

on which

the

art

of

singing

is

based,

lose

greatly in

importance

when

applied

to

the

violin,

and

are

not in

the

least binding for

the

pianoforte.

Other

laws,

however.pro-

other-

ch ar

a ct e r

i st

i c_

effects.

These

latter,

therefore,

are to

be

cherished

and developed

by

pre-

in order that

the native

character

of

the

instrument may

make

itself

duly

felt. In

proof

of

the

stac-

nature of

the

pianoforte,

we

instance

the

enormous

development

which has come

about,

within

a

few

decade,

in

technics and

octave

-

playing,

to

receive

detailed mention

under

Fugue

X.

By regularly

transposing the

first

note of

each triplet

into

its

higher

octave,

this

prelude

is

transformed in-

a

modern

Etude for

broken

chords

in

open

.harmohy.

In this*

form,

it

may

(and

should)

serve as a

prepara-

for the

similar

larger

Etudes

by

Chopin

Vnd

Henselt

Vivace

legg.„

Page 44: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 44/220

JO

I-

..

*

*

m

•)

*?2

fu

^5

fl?

^3

ff5

fla

'*

*m

m

m

m

m

m

m

*m

d

m

1

I

.

i

->

1

J

2

5

. }

^

_

cresc.

vnro

a

poro

e

j-i

n

j

w

7

3)

This

cadence

sounds

indisputably

like a

presage

of

the

chromatic

runs

so characteristic

of Liszt's

music;

even

the

flower

of modern chromatics

Is

rooted

in .he

tone-

weft of

Bach,

as might be

proved

by

numerous

examples.

This

again confirms

the

remarks

in the Introduction.

In conformity

with

the

proposed

 transcription

in

open harmony, this

cadence

would

sound

best

<n

this

form:

In the

preceding

measure

(including

the

tied

f

in

the

auftakt)

(up-beat) the

original

version

may be

retained.

Page 45: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 45/220

37

Fuga

VI,

a

3.

Andante

espressivo.

dolce

g

A|

I I \ I

:

t

'

.'

1 :

^53

<

o T^

79

cresc.

4

 ^

2 5

3

1)

In

this

Fugue,

and

those

coming

after,

3

denotes

the

inversion

of

the

theme

in

the

Soprano

(theme

contrary

motion),

V=

in

the

Alto,

JL= in

the

Tenor,

8=

in

the

Bass.

2)

^he

Bass, in

this

measure,

should

be

conceived

as

a

transcription

(or

rather

a

corruption)

of

the

thenu':^plg£f

$)

tn

each owe,

the

trill *

belonging

to

the theme

Is

to

be

executed

as

shown

in the

Exposition.

Page 46: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 46/220

:<s

*****

* '**

a

5

3 2 12

1

4

3 3

4

3

4)

Both

of

the two

4- measure

periods

so

marked

(at

the

close

of

the

development,

1st

section, and the

con-

of the

fugue)

are

perfectly

symmetrical

as

compared

one

with

the

other.

The

second

(Tonic)

is

an

transposition

of

the

first

(Domin.).

This

method

of

procedure,

so

frequently

employed by

Bach,

is impor-

as

typical

of

the

sonata

-form

later

evolved.

General View:

I.

Exposition

=

9

measures

(the

 Bass

finishes

the

period

a

measure

before).

Episode

=

3

measures.

II.

Development

j

Section

*

=

8

measures

(close

in

dominant

key)

(Section

2=8

measures

(in

8th

measure,

alto

begins

the

3d

division)

HI.

Loaa.

(Section

1=10

measures;

(Section

2 =

6

measures

(the

first

4

indentical

with the

closing

measures

of

Devel., Sec.

I.)

Page 47: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 47/220

Prelude

VII.

(introduction.)

Allegro

.

deciso

x

)

non

legato

Poco

Andante.

1

1)

The

tempo-

marks,

and also the perfectly logical

division

of

this

Prelude

into

an

 Introduction

and

'Fugue ,

to

be credited

to

Riemann, and

were

taken

from

his

analysis

of

the

 Well

-tempered

Clavichord.

2)

In the

coming

Fugue

we shall

see

this figure

in sixteenth-notes

utilized

as the

counter-subject

to the

theme.

3)

According to Kroll

and Bischoff,

this tied eighth -note

is

not

cf

but

ft.

2

This

idea,

however,

appears

equally

to the

scheme

observed

in the

foregoing

4

measures

and

to our harmonic

sense, which

hears

in

figuration

the

dominant

seventh-chord

of 2? >-major.

Consequently,

we

write

c

2

in

the place

in

question.

4)

The

theme

of the

coming

Fugue,

and also to a certain extent

the

 skeleton

of its development

and

str*tto.

presented here

in

advance;

this

might

be

compared

to

a

chapter-

heading

briefly

setting

forth

its

contents.

Page 48: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 48/220

10

**

>

t

:

po

co

riten.

Tempo

I

(Fuga

a

4)

fi

.

(C.S.-

5)

Here the fugal theme

is quite

fully

presented

'*J

i

\)\

,

to

undergo

a

transformation

21;

m

^^

Its

rhythmic form,

however, has still

6)

Kroll and

Bischoff

let

the

Tenor

enter

here

on

e\>

(in

unison

with

the

Bass).

Riemann,

instead,

erroneous-

ly

substitutes

the Alto,

making it skip down

from A

to at, while

the Tenor breaks off entirely. In

reality,

the

Alto does

not

take

up

the

theme till the

6th

measure; at first,

from its

position,

apparently

taking

the

place

of the

Tenor

part

it

resumes

in

the

next- following

measure

the

place

in

which

it

naturally belongs.

The Soprano

does

not

participate

in the

Exposition of

the

theme.

Page 49: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 49/220

41

2-*

Page 50: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 50/220

•4

V

>

..'-_

'«**•»#.

^^

/

ggl

I

4

3

2

18

I

2 8

(SSI

>

J.

m

j—

jff

*

p

1

*

£

»

2

1

«l.ftl

Sf£L

^

FT

2

13

4

1

W^^

^

i

a

_g?3J—

OT

5

flBJtrJW?

^

f

3

[1

4

2

2

4

5

 

The

following

notation

spews

more

conformable

to

the leading

of

the farts

Page 51: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 51/220

43

*\

i-

7

i

3

4

|^2

1.

n^S-f^-Q

(1

3

2)

B

r

i

v

'*&

4

f

^

J

U

BftL

j

gl

ii«

^r

j

VteflnPffi

«^§

18

(3

2

1)2

5

1

2

*4

R

9

3

5

4

f

1

2

 jr^7

1

8)

In

order

to

bring

out

the

culminating

point

more

prominently,

the

Editor

suggests

that

a

doubling

of

the

Bass

in

octaves

appears

not

inappropriate.

According

to

thi s

view,

the

left-hand part

would

stand thus:

I'ffTff^

IT

'

 

msz

>

s/^ii

s

?

-r^

.

?m

i™

>RAIto for

r.h.)

Page 52: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 52/220

41

Puga

VII.

..,-..

*

[Yinpo

tttusto.

•)

'

i*

t

a

7

*r

I

r

T

r

l

r^rr

i

^

4

3

'

B

8

^

=

1

>b

:

r

*~r~

t

'

~

T ^.

g-

r

ts

r

r

Tt

r

r

ir

r

r

hp^r

r

~~f—

i

r~h*

i

#-

i

3

5

2

3

m

rz**

r

-*>

ir

^'8

3

r

r

r+

¥=&

ft

r

'

f

V

g^t

i

4-

4—

|-

l) The

more

sportive

Fugue

originally

inserted

here

seems

utterly

incongruous to

the

Prelude,

so boldly

out-

in

conception and

structure.

Riemann's remarks confirm

this opinion.

Contrariwise,

the E\>

major

Fugue

in

n

exhibits,

both

in

its

theme

and

in

the broad, vigorous

working-out,

a

striking

kinship,

an

 elective

af-

to

the

foregoing

Prelude.-

giving

birth

to the

fancy

that

we have,

as it

were,

to

do with

a

super-

development-section

of

the

 Fugal Prelude

(omitting the

ornamental counter- subject).

liberty

which

the

Editor has taken

in

setting

this

fugue

in

the place

of

the

legitimate

incumbent, is

by

the

circumstance,

that

Bach was

apparently influenced,

in

his arrangement

of

the

series,

solely

the order

of the keys.

If

the

two

volumes had

originally been issued

together

(there

was

an

interval

of

years between )

it

is

quite

likely

that

Bach

would

have

partly

interchanged

their contents,

pairing

se-

preludes

and

fugues

in a

manner different

f^ni

the present.

In any event,

the graceful,

not

very

we;|ghty

major

Prelude

in

Part II.

stands in

a

more

sympathetic relation

to

the first

E\>- major

Fugue

than

to

second.

11PPO

Page 53: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 53/220

46

¥

v-i

5

8

4

i

T

w*

m

T

ten

o

menofe

pitt

legato

5

8*2.

1^,'

IJll^.j

j

^^

2

*

^

J=*9

F

W

s

J=4

I

>k

^

r

r

r

f=

f

f

B

tS

 2

4

2~

5

2

4

i

menof

S

5

a

£

4:

i

£

$

i

yai

g

k

r

err

r

-o-

Fp^f

rtf^

•*

i

^

i

3

§^

*«&

i

is

8

4

 

£

4 4

A

comparison of

the themes in

question

is

calculated

support the

editor's

opinion.

It

will also

be

of interest

to note>

that

the

subject

the

great

JVmajor

(triple)

Fugue

for

the

must

likewise

be

considered

as

belonging

to

this

family

of

themes.

This

subject

reads:

Prelude

(from

Part

I.)

Fugue (from

Part

in

Division

I:

and

in

Division

DTI

even:

(rhythmically

identical with

our

Prelude.)

An

obbligato

counter-subject

in

sixtee

nth-note s,

developed

in

Division

III of the

Organ-Fugue,

the

resemblance of

the

latter

with

the

Prelude now

under

consideration.

We

are,

therefore, fully

justified

in

the

conception,

that

these

3

iVmajor

fugues

form (intellectually)

one

or at

least

3 workings

-

out

of one

and

the

same Idea,

as

3

branches

from

one

parent

stem,-

a con

wherein Bach's

inexhaustibility

is

presented

to our

renewed

astonishment.

Aa

mentioned

in

the

Introduction, an

arrangement

of this

triple

organ

-fugue

is

embraced

in

the

course

of

mapped

out

by

the

Editor.

2)

We here

meet

with

a

rare

example.

The

second

section

of

the executory

part shows

a

point

of

rest.

This

the more conspicuous and

effective

owing to

the

contrapunctal

development

being

resumed

with

full

energy-

the

tenor part.

Page 54: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 54/220

46

A

O

w

.*

j

7=

£=*p

J:

i

=t

r

trr?

r^rU

T^

£

T

mnrcato

8

|

IB

<7

flVv/Vr

-^-^

J

§§

a

^

f

PB

*»:

^^

ih

-A'

2=S*

-• *

-

fell

^

5

4

i

3

B

2

1

S3)

I

*

8

2

1

88

s

r

J

*

'

J

/

*

7

;

f

7

r

f

£jT

r

err

crl

fcome

prima

3

2

1

4

i,

5

f

IV

*

i

^^

*

i*

J^

i

J.

4

i

 

4

P

^^

*

s

I

j

£

iy&y

j

^

*4

B~l

2~

3

2~~

1

1

2

i—

4

5 4 8

2

4

j

'^

J

j

r

I

f

(^

cr<?.sv?.

erf allarg.

_ A _

#^

a

5

4.

J

2_

4

2

.1

.'

t

I

31

TO

^Or

*

SEE

^

f

:

r

Mr

c

p

i.

^

^

E

f=T

-©-

vi/

8)

T>« following

transcription,

which allows

of doubling

the

Bass

part

in

octaves,

is offered

as setting

forth

fullest

vigor

the

characteristic

ponderousness

and

sturdiness

of

thisFuern*

1

Page 55: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 55/220

Prelude

VIIL

Lento.

47

V

g

Ms

at

f

t

ifrhf

^^

-

do/ctsstmo,

una

corda

^m

^^

a

24.J4

-&

2

IP

^9

^

B

T

£3^3

i^f8F=f

S

Damper-pedal

U*.

2

4

^1

S>

<S^4

<S

_/\

i

/

\

poro

express.

J

Y_L

/

m

mm.

PP

<&-

4^

J

g*

jg

is

B

:a

ten

*

i

m

an

momoso

ta-

K'

i

l

*

ft

s

£

J-5^

S3

ffl

s

voller

£

s

£

E2ZXS

#

2

s

p

im.

n

&

s

-^«

V

V_K

s>-*

ra:

y

v

j \

k.

x

?&

fiu

tw

^

4)

mf

ft.

fi£l

'Ht»pT'

-y

*

menof

72L

WlffiW

sfc

*=?

V

Jv

v

j^

JV

5

a

i.

i

4

3

b

§i

8

i

to

5

4

1

^ggg

§££=

sM

^3

?3

¥

^

6WdV?

£§pi

^^4

SEg

cresc.

tF

^f

J-

Jfr

p

r

)

JB

J5

^

6)

Sb

^

I

\

/W60

i

#

«

y\

I

\

/

i_j\

/

l)

The right

foot should hold

the

pedal

down

for the time

marked

by

the horizontal

line,

releasing-

and

it

as.

marked

by

the

vertical and

oblique lines.

jor

the

execution:

Page 56: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 56/220

IH

1

I

/

*

'/

/?/*

c/////.

i

i^r^

</\

//A.

<',;

/r

/>

'&fc &

'6)^-^

7)

_^

^^^

./:-

8)

The

p >

in the

Soprano

ought

fairly

to  sing' ;

give

the middle part expression

,

but

less prominence.

9)

The soft

pedal

need

not

be

retaken

till

the

entrance

of the

 misterioso ,

3

measures

fur

her on.

IB. This

deeply

emotional

movement,

emanating

from

the

inspiration

of

a

devout

dreamer,

is

Bach's

pro-

forecast

that

in

the

fullness

of

time

a

Chopin

would

arise.

Whoever

is

able

to look

beyond the

ex-

form,

or

to penetrate

into

the

depths, will

admit

the

mysterious

affinities

subsisting between this

and

Chopin's

Etude

Op.

25,

N9

7.

The

execution

of

long-

breathed

melodies on

the

pianoforte is

not

only difficult,

but

positively

unnat-

In

no

case

can

a tone be

evenly

sustained,

and

a

swell

is still

less possible;

yet these are

two

conditions

for

the

rendering

of

cantabile passages,

and

impossible

of

fulfilment on the pi-

The

connection

of

one

sustained

tone

with

a

following

tone is perfect to a certain extent

only

when

second

tone

is

struck

with

a

softness

precisely

corresponding

to

the natural decrease

in

tone

the

first

Ofc J

2h).

increases

in

While

the

tone

of the

pianoforte, by

reason of the instrument's

mechanism,

power

and

sonorousness

in the

descending

scale, the melody

requires, on

the

hand,

that

intensifications,

as

a

general

rule,

shall

be

accompanied by

an

increase of

tone-power when

but

beyond

a

certain

pitch

the

duration

of the

piano

-tone

becomes

so

short,

that pauses

nd breaks

in

the

melodic

continuity

are

absolutely

unavoidable.

It

is

the function

of

the

touch,

to

over-

these

difficulties

and

to

counteract

these

defects

as

far

as

may

be. To avoid

plagiarization

of

various

made

by

Thalberg

on

this

point,

I

quote

literally

a

few

passages

from

the

Preface to his'L'Art

du

applique

an Piano .

Thie

course

appears

to

be

the

best, in

view

of

the

fact^

that

these

remarks

noteworthy,

and

yet

already

forgotten.

Page 57: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 57/220

49

m

»

\$

\'i

{$

1 :c

1:

^

5T

3 corde

Hffhi

^d

*

*;c t

^

*^

allargando

to.

*

JN

IV

^^»

M^N

ffl

£:

£

-fife

fr

>

b

 

/

>

/^

-*^

///m

cordn

O

One

of

the first

requisites for

the acquisition

of a

sonorous

style

of playing-,

and

a

tone at

once mil

adaptable to

all

nuances,

consists in the

attainment of

perfect

freedom

from

rigidity.

It is.

therefore,

to

possess, in

the

forearm,

wrist, and fingers,

the

eminent

suppleness and

versatile

flexibility

characterize

the

voice

of a

skilful

singer.

(See

Note on pag.

35.)

2)

In

broad,

chaste,

dramatic melodies

very

much must

be exacted

Irom the

instrument

and

as

full a

tone

possible

drawn from

it;

yet this

ought

never

to be

sought

by

striking

the

keys

hard,

but

by taking

with

a

short

stroke and

pressing

them

down deep

with

a

warm,

powerful,

energetic

touch.

simple, tender

melodies

the

keyboard

should be

kneaded, as

it

were,

with a

boneless

hand

and

of

velvet; in

this

case

the

keys

must

be

felt

of

rather

than struck.

5)

Always

avoid

in

playing that

ridiculous and

tasteless mannerism

in

which

the

melody-notes

are

struck

an exaggerated

interval of time

after their

accompaniment, so

that from

beginning

to end of

the piece

impression

of a

continuous succession

of syncopations is

produced

We

urgently

advise

that

the notes

sustained,

giving

to each

its

full

time-

value. To this end,

especially

in

playing

polyphonic

compo-

a change of

fingers

on keys

already held

down

must

be

diligently

looked to.

In

this

connection.

cannot

too highly

recommend

to youthful

artists the

slow

and

conscientious

study of

the

Fugue,

as the

method of

training

the hand

for

the

proper mastery

of

the

polyphonic style....

The

performance

a

simple

3

or

4

-part

Fugue, and

its correct

and appropriate

interpretation

in

moderato

tempo,

requires

gives

proof

of more talent

than

the

execution

of

the

most

brilliant,

swift,

and

intricate

pianoforte-

The infinite

diversity in

the

minute

shadings

of

the

tones, which is

at

the

command

of

the

best

-equip-

modern

pianist, is not

applicable,

however,

in its

full

extent

to

the

interpretation

of Bach's

 concert

The

successive

shades

should

follow

each

other in

a more

abrupt

and unprepared

fashion,

like

in

registration; in most

cases,

too,

the sam,e

shade of

expression

should

extend

unvaried

through-

an entire

movement.

The

method

of

marking

the

(indispensable) pedal

which

we

have

adopted

for this

piece

is

not

absolu-

binding,

but will

serve as a point

d'

appui for

individual

applications.

Page 58: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 58/220

<

PugaVm,

1

..:».

Vmliintr

penslerooo,

non

troppo

aooentato

C

 

/'

A

.1

•'«

I I :»

4

i

a

i

I

i

I

*

.,4

5

2

3

4

S4~~s~~i

>

>^

:

~

1

8

<.

ifrni

hill

Iw/Tdo/ce

poco

express.

^_____

LLLJl

5^01

4 6

4

5

4

4

|V

 

>

..'i

i

,

-,•?

,T

' ^•^i'j

'

'Xi

Jm

i

'r'i i

ji

'ri i J

n&

==*

M^

hm

r*

^

L

.

.

'

.

*

'

_

piii

distintameiite

31

'

s

p.

^3

j

^l

1)

Stated

briefly, this

Fugue

is the

most

important

in

the Book- perhaps in

the

whole

First

Part.

This

is mentioned

in

order

that the

player

may

be aware,

from

the very start,

of

the full

moment

of the

task

to which

he addresses^

himself.

2)

According,

to

the

Editor's analysis,

there are three sections within

the

Development

which

form divid-

ing-lines;

of these, that

in the middle

is nearly as

long

as the

two

others

combined.

Thus,

the propor-

tions

are

similar here to those

in

the development-

section

of the

Ct-

major

Fugue

(the third

in

this

book.)

The

general

analysis follows:

Page 59: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 59/220

11

i

piu

marcato

*

*71

1

4

2

s?

g

t.

ftp

j^j

iiV

=sb

$W

3

^fi

j

dfo/V/i

S

5

4

1

4

Mife

3

i

2

1

£

»

»

4

4

O

4

j

5

3

a

hlfljiftfl

^J^r^.j

^J

h

^j

J-

^

s

ij

2

3

1

2

1

i

&S

==

^

=

~

2~T-

3

5

4

1

1

3

o

t/«Ji.

==5

z=£

1

3

I

=

10

V2

measures_ Stretto in

similar motion.

Development

^11

=

22

measures—

Developm.

and

Stretto

in

contrary

motion.

111

= 10

measures_

Stretto in both the above

varieties.

The

third

division

of

the

fugue

contains an

effective

intensification of

what

goes

before:

the aug-

of

the

theme

is here added

to

all

the devices employed

up

to

this

point, entwined

in an

contrapuntal

maze;

the

trouble

of

following

out

these

combinations

will

be

richly

repaid.—

Special

attention

should

be

paid to

the

masterly construction

of

the

Fugue.

Page 60: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 60/220

B2

<

z

.

..

I

I

t

«

i

jr

.

1

L-kj

9

•'.'

^iA-tf

k ~>

*

i..

_#«T

,_

£fe

*

8 6 8

5

pi

VOfO

orn

s/<>7itando

LlS

JlS

J

1

/wc/? marcato

3)

The leading of the

two

highest

parts, which

frequently

cross,

comes out

more

(dearly

in

the

notation

given

below. The Soprano

(theme)

should

be emphasized.

4)

S,

A,T,

B

denote

theme

in the

Soprano

(Alto,

Tenor,

Bass)

in aug

mentation,

(i.

e.

the

time

-values

of

the notes

are

doubled). The

appearance

of

the

theme in

augmentation

is indicated,

further,

more, by

a

horizontal

bracket

Page 61: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 61/220

^^

r.

^^

TTtnttr mrrrr.

8g

ff±

a

2

s:

5

x^

fe

 >»,,, >

B

^a

1

*

Page 62: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 62/220

M

The

Well-tempered

Clavichord

JOHANN

SEBASTIAN

BACH.

\i-.il.

annotated, and

provided

»itli

parallel

exercises

and ac-

companying

directions

for

the

study

<>f

modern

planoforte-technlc

by

FERRUCCIO

B.

BUSONI.

Prelude

IX

Allegretto,

in

modo

pastorale.

2aj

<s^-

Part

II.

espressivo

i

2

A

a

2)

poco

riteri.

-

.

a

tempo

1)

In

this

passage, and

analogous

ones, the

sign

*v was

written

over

the note.

The

writing-

out in

small

notes

hows

how the

sign is to

he

understood.

The

unfortunate

necessity

for

such

pedantic minuteness was recognized

Biilow,

and still

earlier

by C.

Ph.

Em. Bach,

from

whose

 Essay

on

the true method

of playing

the

Clavier

(1787)

e

quote, in

this

connection,

the following remarks,

which are quite as

applicable to our

own time:

All

embellishments indicated

by small

notes

belong

to

the

following note;

consequently,

the

preceding note

must

ever

he

robbed

of

any portion

of

its

time-

value,

and the

following

note

loses only

so

much

as

the

small

otes

cal' for. This

observation is

the

more

pertinent,

the

more

generally

the rule

is

disregarded....

From this

ule

Jt

follows,

that

these

small

notes,

and

not the following

principal

note,

are

to

be

struck

together

with the

or

the

other

parts.

Through

them we

glide

( slide )

into the

following note;

this,

too,

is

far too often

neglected....

However

superfluous

it

may

seem to

insist

that

the other

parts,

together

with

the

bass, should b<

truck

with

the first

note

of

any

embellishment,

it is,

nevertheless,

a rule

which

is

very

often disregarded

(Part

I,

2,

§§

28 and

24.)

2)

The

'poco

ritenuto

before

the

cadences

in B-

major

and

.A- major must

be

treated

with the

utmost

taste

and

the

given

fingering

is

the

natural

one for the-

style

of touch required

here.

K.B.

Bach,

after

touching,

in the contents

of Part I (according to our edition),

the

principal

degrees

in

the

scale

musical

feeling,

and

giving

expression

to

the

heroic,

melancholy, vehement,

reflective, and

humoristic

moods

in

form

which

likewise

gave

full

scope

to the

technical

virtuosity of his

time, presents

in

this

.

Prelude,

for

the

time,

a

picture

of

idyllic

color

and tender

simplicity

of expression,

in

whose

performance

these

same at-

should he

reflected.

What

Biilow

said

about Beethoven,

with

reference

to

his Diabelli

Variations ,

may be applied,

with

equal

appropri-

to

this

wcrk

as

«

whole:

we see

in

it

 the

microcosm

of Bach's

genius .

IS

95,

by

G.

Schirmerttnc.)

Printed

in

the u.

s.

A.

Copyright

renewal

assigned,

1926, to

G.

Schirmer

(Inc.)

ilh«i

Page 63: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 63/220

55

a

tf

i

-rr

r

r

»

,

r

f

sempre

tranquillo

e

legato

,

flli]

^

1

tfj.

i-

^#

g^

:j

(4)

MoZJJImJi

lX -''

I

J

I

pococresc

1

*

5

2

-

-

1

- /»

co

/

g

^¥^

express.

mi

pocot

f^r-^^

4

5_

-ev^

-^m

r

2)

poco_riten

:

__

=

_^

_

# tempo

5

5

FugaIX,a3.

Allegro

iciusto.

risoluto

non

legato,

vivametite

5

31—-

5

i

2

s.

2

^tH^^

^^TOttg^^

11861

Page 64: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 64/220

hm

sis:

1

u

r

r

'

'

:

i

^

:*

r

TA

'r,)l

t

'

1)

Tbe

ideal

fingering

for

strictly

legato

scales in

thirds

would

be

one

in

which

no

finger

should be

used

on two

nsemiire

degrees.

Such

a

fingering

although both possible and

justifiable— is not

generally

employed,

for

the

reasor

that

no

piano

-method

has thoroughly

applied this principle

to a system of

fingering.—

Even if

the

fol-

lowing

examples

should

appear

discouragingly

unusual,

one ought, at

least, not to neglect

to

give them

a

practical

gnd

Octave.

*

m

 

(l

f

.

g

H#

passages

in

thirds

occurring

here

would,

therefore, be

played

th

The

third

octave

like

the first,

the

fourth

like the

second.

4

3

4

5

Urn

%*%\

LlJ

12

1

defect

in

the

(otherwise

clever)

so-called

Chopin

fingering for chromatic

scales

in thirds

is found in the

-repeated

employment

of

the

thumb

on

the

consecutive

white

keys

e-f

and

b-c.

Certain

modern

pianoforte-

avoid

this

difficulty

by

sliding,

with

the

second

finger,

from e\>

to

e

and

from b\>

to

£_an

expedient

perfectly

answers

the

purpose,

and which

gives

an

absolute legato:

Mori

4

rrceiit

fin^i-rint:

8

+

4 3

_jj

2 2

1

minor

thirds.

Chopin

flnKTerinu:

•]

\

\ \

4

ft

3

4 3

4 3 4

3

4

+

3

In

major

thirds:

§

\

^

J J

jjjj

J

j

j

i

j

Ij^f

l

|

*f

^

descending,

the

second

finger

slides

down

from

/#

to

/

and

from

v%

to c.

The

fifth

finger,

too, may slide i

where

the

ordinary

fingering

\

\\

\

\

proves incon

ertain

cases;

for

instance,

in

the

following:

in

2

fT~fi

9

13

2

1 2

f we

write

out

the

theme

in

J^

K1>0  P

Theme.

with

the

original

form:

rlSf3l

it

becomes

evident

that

the

second

part of

the fugue

does

not begin,

in the soprano

and alto, till

the

fourth

eighth-note

of

the

measure.

The same

is

true

of

th*

1

^fT

'P^jfo-EfcCT

n

ill

r

fj[

[

fifrffiJ

bass

at

the

beginning

of the

third

part.

The

ditt

f

rent

x

yV

es

of

character

exemplified

by

the

three parts,

should

be

brought

out here

by the

employment

of

kinds

of

touch;

the

figures

in

16th-notes

in pearly

fluency;

the

counterpoint

in

eighth-

notes,

light and detached;

middle

part

as

sustainedly

as

possible,

and

not

without

expression.

The same

holds

good-

noting

the

exchange of

roles-

for

the

parallel

passage

in

the

third

part,

measures

4-7.

Page 65: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 65/220

nach KrolL

ace. to

Kroll:

2:

4)

By

the

assumption

of the alto figuration,

the

entrance

of

the theme in

the soprano

suffers

mutilation.

Hence,an

of this

passage,

somewhat as

%

*

*

*

I

..ft-

?-f3lP

1

^

would

not be

wholly

unjustifiable:

is,

however, inexcusable

that

Czerny,

without

further

ceremony,

makes

a

similar

change

in

the

text.

5)

Some

persons

with

a

mania

for emendation and

a

horror

of

parallel

fourths (but

not

of any

piece

of

pre-

have smoothed

out

the third

in

the

last measure

but one as follows:

yp

r

-£f

-

a

crime

all

the greater,

because

this

passage

is

to

:

flaVi

, lU I

be understood

themativally.

In

the

counterpoint,

the realm

of

individualism,

any

part

which

has

anything to

say

may go its

own

way. To this

inciple,

which affords

an

explanation

of

the

 harshnesses

in Bach's

music,

the

master

adhered

by

prefereni

M.B.

The piece

requires a

fresh, lively, solid

style of

execution,

with an

energetic

and

characteristic

marking of

each

entrance

the

theme. A retardation of

the

tempo

at

the

end

of

the

last

measure but

one,

is

unallowable,

as

repugnant

to

f

the

pi<

11661

Page 66: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 66/220

Prelude

X

Sostenuto,

<iu*i^i

tndante.*

AH

a

tempo

JJJ'JJJJJJJJJ^J-L

)

The

forte

which Tausig requires,

in

all the parts,

up

to the entrance of A- minor, applies

really, in

the

main,

to

soprano

alone,

which is

in

the

true sense

of the term

a

 singing

part

(for this

point we

refer

to

our

detaile

1

in

the

N.B.

to

Prelude

VIII); the inner parts should

be struck

more softly,

and

as

perfectfy

so/id

(net

chords; the bass

figuration should

flow

on

calmly and evenly,

unswerved

by the

changing

emotions

of the

The

expression

(we

have

abstained

from

using

the,

in this

case, insufficient

expression-

mark

espressivo)

at certain points of this grandly

and

broadly conceived

melody,

almost to

passion. The piece

breathes me-

but not

sentimentality

or discouragement. There must be

no

fond

pining

away, no

soft

suspense,

no

lin-

For the grieving

of

a strong

nature

finds expression

in

very

different

tones

from that of

a

languid, sick-

soul.

Make

this

distinction between

~Bach

and Chopin, even where the

former permits

transient repose to

the

energy of

his

powers;

here

it

breaks out

unexpectedly,

like

a

fountain

of living

water from

the

earth, like

tht

of

a

hidden

fire.

This

sudden reversal

of the

mood (or,

as

one

might

say, this

outbreak of a

forced

and

humor)

does

not

allow

the

player

to

use the two

transitional

measures

at

(3)

for

a

carefully worked

crescendo

^interposed

between

the

contrasting

passages; he ought rather

to retain the

first tranquil

tempo

immediately

before

the

Presto.

2)

Carefully

observe

the rest

between

trill

and after -beat;

this

peculiar,

and

very

expressive* interruption of

melodic

line was

misunderstood

even

by

Tausig.

he

figures

in

lfith

-notes

should

neither

he

hurried

over

without

expression,

nor

pathetically

retarded.

11661

Page 67: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 67/220

59

ten.

^^

.?

j

ten

id

^

s

^

*

B

ffl

»

<

^

» <

,»pHi»p

^JJLLU^C

jp?«

sosten.

lone given

in

MM

Page 68: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 68/220

6<>

IV,

M

S

*'

^g^nm

Despite

its

altered

character,

the

cbntents

of the

Presto are

most

intimately

related to

those

of the

slow

On

the

one hand, the

16th-note

figures

are a

direct

continuation of

the

former

accompaniment-motive;

the

other,

the

two

parts have

the inner bond of an harmonic

basis

common, taken

all

in all, to*

both.

Thus,

the

four

measures

of

the

Presto

are (viewed harmonically) a

transition into

the

subdominant

of

the

opening

of

the

Prelude.

Meas.

5-7.

of the Presto

contain

a

 contraction

of meas.

10-14

of

the

Andante,

in

the

key.

In

the

Presto,

meas.

8,

9,

and half

of

10,

correspond exactly

to meas.

15,

16,

and

half

of

17,

in

the

movement.

From

here

onward,

the

movement

frees

itself from

harmonic

constraint,

and

the

tempes-

sweep

reaches

a climax

in a

cadence

-like organ- point.

This last effect,

no less

than

the

typical

figurate

measure

motive

with

its consistent

repetition

and

peculiar phrasing

as

an auftakt

-

motive,-

vividly

remind

of

the

C-minor

Prelude

(N° II),

which we advise the student to

repeat

as

this

juncture;

whereas

the

slow

of

this

piece

has

a

yet

completer

model

in the

middle movement

of

the

 Italian

Concerto ,

which

may

be

here

as

a

valuable

side-

study.

(Compare

 Appendix

on

next

page.)

11061

Page 69: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 69/220

61

(Presto)

5) By

a

doubling of

the

note-values

in

the

closing

measure,

the

Cadence

would

nothing

in

energy,

and

might

possibly

gain

not

inconsiderably

in

firmness:

the:

player

decide,

whether

this

form

is

not

more

congenial

to

his

rhythmico-symmetric

sense,

than

the ori-

one,

and

choose

accordingly.

No

compromise

(in

the

shape

of

an

indefinite

 Allargando

)

is

permissible. In

case,

the

tempo

must be

strictly

observed.

Appendix.

From

C.

Ph.

E.Bach's

 Essay

on

the true

method

of

playing

the

Clavier .

(Part* I,

Chapter

3.)

6

7. 0n account

of

the

want

of

a

sustained

tone,

and

of

a

perfect

crescendo

and

decrescendo,

which

have

been

not

compared

to

light

and

shade,

it

is

no

easy

task

to

execute

a

singing

Adagio

on

our

instrument

without

tedious

and

showing

too

g'reat

simplicity

through

chariness

of

ornamentation

or

becoming

indistinct

ridiculous

through

overmuch

embellishment....

The

golden

mean

is

hard

to

find

it is

true,

but

not im-

But

all

these

graces

must

be

executed

in

such a

rounded

and

finished

style,

as

to

make

the

list

hnk

he

is

hearing

mere

plain

notes.

To

this

end,

a

freedom

in

execution

is

™»^™f££

all

servile

imitation

or

mere

mechanical

dexterity.

One

must

play

from

the

heart,

and

not

like

a

trained

§

d

i3. As

a

musician

cannot

move

others

without

himself

feeling

emotion

he

must

be

ab

le

to

arouse

in

hinisHf

the

emotions

which

he

would

impart

to

his

hearers;

he

makes

them

understand

his

* >£ ^£

best

excite

them

to

sympathy....

This

becomes

more

especially

his

duty

in

P««ce8

of

«

^^^^'

playing

which

he

must

feel

the

same

passions

that

moved

the

composer

when

penning

the

composition

.

It

wilf

ie

seen

that

these

opinions

of

the

younger

Bach

are

in

complete

.accord

with

those

£*£****

to

Preludes

IV and

VIII.

From

them,

therefore,

the

latter

receive

confirmation,

and

are

set

by

them

right

light.

Page 70: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 70/220

FugaX.a2.

\

llegro

deoiso

9

1

#

*

,

MBS

,—

^i

/

'

Ti-iZtl'

/.'-V*A'

4

'

9

*

|

6^

Coiintrr-sitbjrit

8)

5

1

5

1

1)

The

Editor

is

very

sensible

of

the

diffipulty

of

finding- the

correct interpretation and explanation

for

 much

is left,

in

this work,

to

intuition; especially in

view

of

the

conflicting opinions

already

advanced by

authorities,

each

of

which

merits

full

confidence,

and

which

are,

nevertheless,

wholly

irrecoricilable.While

holds

that

this fugue

has,

 on

the

whole, a

contemplative

character , Tausig

expresses

an

opinion

dia-

opposed to

this by

his

expression- mark  Allegro con fuoco ; and- Bischoff differs from both,

choosing

express

his idea

of

its interpretation

by

 Allegro capriccioso . The

Editor inclines to

Tausig's

view, but

for

-con

fuoco

would

prefer

to substitute

 deciso .

He considers

that

dynamic

refinement and

variety

are of

less

than

a transparently

distinct execution

«of

the figuration;

forte,

with

light and shade

appropriately

should

prevail

throughout.^

2)

It

seems

to

the Editor

that

both of

the

final

eighth-

notes =1e also

belong

to the tbeme,

although Riemann

over

this

point

in silence.

3)

This

fugue

*

surpasses

all the

others

in simplicity

It

is the

only

one

in

two parts; contains

neither

inversions

nor

stretti;

And

abstains

from

a

manifold

variation of the

counterpoint in its consistent

retention

of the

first counter-

subject.

vivacity

of

the

Allegiv is

commonly

expressed

by

detached notes . _C. Ph. E. Bach.

,_

Compare the N. B. to

Prelude

VT.

11681

Page 71: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 71/220

08

tftmft

m,tf

fr&n

3 H

8

2

4

5

(3

14

5)

13

2

5

4 8

3

14

128681

8

8

5

5

1

Our

scheme

of division coincides With

that of

Riemann.

However,

if

we take

the

circumstance

into

considera-

that the

next

division

and

the one

after it

are

a

complete

and faitt(fut

repetition

of

the

first two

divisions

least as

regards

their form, if

not the

harmony),

and that these

19

measures

actually

contain

the

contra-

inversion of the

first

19,

we are led to

the conclusion that

here the traditional

fugal

form

is not

present,

that

another,

corresponding

to

the

contents, is adopted.

Indeed,

the Editor

has

long

been

of

the

opinion,

every theme

or

motive creates— according

to

its length,

style, or

character—

its

own,

individual

form; and

the

rules

prescribing the

adaptation

of

new

ideas to

received

forms, are wholly

hurtful.

It

is

to

be

hoped

the time

will come

.when the

fugue and

symphony will be

regarded as the perfect

flower of

Bach's

and

thought, hu.t not,

at the

same

time,

as

the

loftiest aim

of

the

modern

composer.

For.

when new

are demanded,

unusual forms

should

not

surprise.

We take the

liberty

of adding a

comparative view

of Riemann's

scheme of division

and

that

proposed

by the

Editor:

i

n

m

ttiemann:

v

a

k/

__i

*

u

a

v

Number

of

measures:

10 9 10

9 4

Divisions:

I

As

proposed

by the Editor:

\

+

+

+

^

-v

-

T

11661

v

II

(Repetition

of F)

Coda

Page 72: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 72/220

«

Appendii

to

Fugue

X.

Th

,

-

fn

|

doubling

the

aoprano

In

the

higher

octave

and

the

base to the

U

nsefulnese

of

which,

on

looounl

61

the

peculiar

structure

of

the

ri*un-

In

modern

piano-playing

If

a

rer?

promlnenl

one, and

In

spite ol

the

,

,

„,,,,,.., »,ut

little

haa

been

taugh

or

written

concerning

the

aw«*w

In

which

octavei

,

juncture,

thei

the

Bdltor

oonaldere

11

appropriate

to

offer a

fe*

remarks on

the

ta

rheee

an

t

X:-

lition

of

the

hand.

The

back

of

the

band,

together

with

the

Mrsl Jolnta

of

the

fingers,

should

.i

pinne,

bavins

a

Bllghl

downward

Inclination

from

the

wrist.

The

three

middle

•i\

unemployed,

should

be

beld

In

a

loose

group,

with

their

tipe

drawn

inward,

so that

scuffling

across

the

intervening

keys

In

the

octave

may

he

avoided.

While

the

wrist

should

arttt,

|om

and looseness,

car.-

must

be

taken to

keep

the

thumb

and

little

finger

at

exactly

righl

distance

apart,

and

In

position

for

striking.

2.

The

movements,

of

which

there

arc

three:

a)

rhe

striking

of

the

key,—

a

sharp,

decided

doamtrard

movement

of

the

wrist.

On this

the Editor

wishes

J

stress; while the

rebound

of

tin-

hand

from

the

keyhoard

should he

involuntary,

effected

solely by

I

elasticity

of

the

hand

and

the

pianoforte-

action.

(Though

the

above

applies

chiefly

to

detached oc-

the

characteristic

element

of

octave-technique,

the

principle

therein

contained

is

equally applicable to

subspecies of

the

Portamento,

fe/gvtfo

octave-

playing.)

b)

Tin

ond

kind

of

movement

is

that of

the

arm.

It

is

the

function

of

the

latter

to

follow the

hand

and horizontally,

and

to

carry it

over the

place

where the

down

-stroke

is

to

he

made.

This renders

SSible to

strike

the

keys

veriieafty

and

exactly

in

the

middle. The

movement

of

the

arm,

which

principally

the

forearm,

must

likewise

he

perfectly

free

and

loose.

c)

The

third

kind

of

movement

is

the turning

of the

wrist,

carrying the

hand

with

it, to

either

side,

arm remaining: quiet;

also,

the

slight

shifting

from

white

to

black

keys, and vice versa.

former

occurs

when

the distance

hetween the

keys

to

he

struck is too

small

to

require

a

shifting-

in

position

of

the

arm.

for instance

in

appoggiaturas,

trills, or

in

figures

revolving

about

a

central

tone,

iT.

Position

of

hand, on

central tone

d.

on

central

tone^?-.

In

passing

from

white

keys to the black

keys

lying

further back,

the

point where the

key

is struck should

so

shifted

as

to carry

the

hand

gradually

from the ed^e of

the keyhoard to

the

middle. For

example,

the

which the hand

would

take

in

playing

the

octaves:

~^>

J

J

$

J

be

represented

about as

follows

m

o

I

I

D

E

ft

such cases another

rule

is

to

be

ohserved,

namely, that the wrist

is to remain

at the

same

height

for

striking

the

white

and

the black keys,

consequently,

the

fall

of

the

hand

is

less

for

the

latter

than

for

the

former.

Above

all,

however,

the

player

must seek

to acquire

an

equal and even

stroke

hoth in tone and

rhythm, and

equal

power

of

tone in

both

notes

of

the

octave.

Finally,

one of the

most

important

points

in learning

octave

-playing

is

3. The Phrasing,*

i.e., the

grouping

of the.

tones of

a passage

in conformity (a)

with

the musical

motives,

with

the position

of

the

notes on

the keyboard,

or (c) with the change

in

the direction.

This

grouping,

how-

should

be

audible

only

to

the

player, and

in

public

performances

should

properly

form

only

a

mental, not

hysical,

factor.

To

the

best.

of

my

knowledge,

this valuable expedient

which,

besides,

is

entirely

independent of

the musical

phrasing—

has

as

yet

been

theoretically exploited.

11B61

Page 73: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 73/220

EXAMPLES:

The

phrasing:

In

the

following

passage:

65

Taken

thus,

each

group

requires

only

a

simple

tideway

movement

(up)

and

the

easy

successive

seconds

arc

retained.

d

exhibit

=j

on

the

contrary,

would

require

twofold

shifting,

of

the

band,

an

^^

an

ascending

second

followed

by

a

descending

leap

of

a

third.

^gfffl

the

u

PP

er

Phrase-

marks

show

leaps

of

fourths

and

fifths,

while

those

rbi

below

give

successive

seconds.

(I.lszt)

Middle way

The

example

quoted

above,

from

Chopin's

Nocturne,

is to

be

phrased

in such

a way

that

the

hand

remains.

In each

group,

quietly

over

the

same

tone:

^ggggg

whereas

the

following

passage:

^g^

can

be

best

executed,

as

marked

above,

by

letting

the

hand

glide

easily

between

the

1*

and

80jl

tones

of

each

group,

from

the

black

key

,

to

the

white

one.

Further

examples

in

phrasing

(all

to

be

imagined

in

octaves)

are:

To a)

h few*.: «—

jyg^s-K

Thirds.

Thirds

Blk.keys.Wta.keys.

Blk.keyg.

Bl.k.

Wh'.k.

Bl.k.

Whk.

10.

To C)

12.

Seconds

on

black

keys.

13

(Liszt)

14.

Allegro

deciso.

rrtsit)

centre-tone

d

(Rubinstein)

down.

i

(Henselt)

Now,

applying

these

principles

to

our

fugue,

we

obtain the

following

result:

Moderate

etc.

Even

should

the

player not

avail

himself, in

the

present

case,

of

this

critique of

octave

-playing,

'it

will

prove

extremely

useful

in

executing

Bach's

organ-pieces on

the

piano.

(Also compare

Appendix

to

Vol.

1.)

11««1

Page 74: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 74/220

66

Prelude

XI

tllegro

»looo»o,

r>

s

i

i

a

i

V

8

5

ill

2 3

5

*

  3 5

staccato

staccato

p

^^tfft,

try

pfl

\

*7p

frrm

*

)

The

original

conception

of this half-

measure thematic

is

a

purely chorda/

one:

The

insertion

of a changing

or passing-note

in

each

group

of

quarter- notes gives

its

present

appearance:

2)

-Lightly

but

not feebly

or

affectedly;

such

is

the

meaning of

this

expression-

mark in

Bach, and

the%per-

of

the

whole

piece is

to be

shaped

accordingly.

3)

With

regard

to the

trills,

we

refer,

in

general,

to the

Appendix

to this

Prelude,

and,

in

particular,

to

NV12

the

Two-part

Inventions

(in

the

Editor's

edition;

as an

admirable preliminary

study

MB.

This

Prelude

affords

material

for

three

different exercises: Flowing

Chord

-figuration,

Studies

on

the

Trill,

the

Springing

Staccato

__

contrasts

which

the

player

should seek

to combine to

a

Whole.

1895,

by

G. Scbirmer,

Inc.

11661

Page 75: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 75/220

67

ten.

TrrrTrrrrr

/

JI'JJJl)JJ

a=\

mnpuisTrm^m

*r

NP^S

»

^.MJ

As

in the

case

of

the

first

Three-part

Invention,

the

Editor

found

it

impossible

to

formulate

any

si

home

for

formal division

of

this

Prelude.

It

is

one of

those

Bach

 sketches

which

cannot

be

adapted

to fit

dogmatic

and which,

by

their

genuinely

 preludial

character,

afford

the

best

justification

for

their

name.

Manyi

editions

have

/

here instead

of

#:

the

former

would

indicate

a

n

organ-

point

,

which,

however,

is not

hjere;

the

latter

gives

the

fundamental

part

the

following

form:

-f.

I

j,

1

}=^=

11661

Page 76: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 76/220

\ppondix

to

Prelude

XI.

\pp

i..

in-)

assumed

Importance

<miI\

In modern

piano Liteiatidte,

t

«H

t

ling

purl Hut

wh.it

transformations

the

trill

has

Undergone,

from

I

simple h-

ti-ni

frat

of virtuosi

revealed

with

phenomenal

clearness

Ln Bach,

BeeV

i

diversified

and

complicated

taaki

r<>r

the etudj of

the

trill

are to

be

found

in

With

speola]

reference to the trill

as

exemplified

In

Bach,we quote

firtl

irks

from

the

work

t>>

C Ph

l

Bach, alreadj

cited

ahove at Prelude

i.\:

.

-i

style

distinguishes

three

different

kinds

ol

trills;,

the

ordinary

trill,

the

trill

from

trill

'rum

belo*

and

the

Inverted

mordent.

the

moei

difflcoll

^r.

Not

everyone

can

master them.

The)

must

be

assiduously

practised

in

fH

fthOVe

all.

be

even

ind

rapid.

A rapid

trill is

always

preferable tO

a

slow out'....

B

in

practising

the

trill,

do

not

lit*

th<

Bngere too high.... [Make

note

61

tins ]

Begin

it

quite slowly,

gradual-

\

ucreaslng

in

rapidity,

but

always -monthly,

the

nerves [muscles]

must

also

be

relaxed,

otherwise

a goat-like,

quid

trill

is

produoed

Ifanj

'ry

to force the

trill. En

practising, the

rapidity

should

not

he

increased until

the

tirelj

th and

even.

The

higher

tone,

when played

for

the

last

time,

is snapped

off;

I.e.,

after

strjk-

it.

the

finger-tip,

bent

as far

Inward

as

possible,

is

withdrawn

from

the

key

with

the

utmost swiftness,

with

a

slide.*,

I

he trill

must

he industriously

practised

with

all finders....

for

sustained

trills

sometimes occur

in

the

extreme

m

which

one

has

not

a

choice

of

fingers,

the

others

being

employed

in

oarrylng

out

other

parts....

§

\2

\

trill

over

note

of

any

considerahle

length,

whether it progresses

up

or

down, always

takeB

an

af-

\ trill not

followed

by

another

note,

e.g., at the

close,

or

over

a

fermata,

etc.,

always takes

an

af-

it. _

Bach declares it

to

he

WTOng

§

Zl

 not to sustain a

trill

properly, for

all

kinds

of

trills,

down to

the

inverted

mordent,

should

occupy the

time-value

of

the note

over which

they*

are

set....

To

the

ahove

must

he

added,

that

each

and every

trill

ought

to

contain

a

determinate number

of

notes,

and

should

rhythmically

grouped;

only

by this means can

absolute

evenness

be

attained.

follow lug

wckame

of

x^le/natic

trill

'-exercises

may

be

modified

to

suit

individual

needs.

Same, with alternating pairs of

fingers:

1213

_ 1823

_

1423 _

2423

_

2434

_

2534 _ 8485

_

8545;

with different accentuation,

,

.

...

. .

.

.

'

and with

cnariinnjr

seconds,

e.g.

in various

combinations,

e.g.

*>

°

>

e-

ja

w*

ggj-gg

:

i

ggj|gj

i§gjjj|^iS

121232121 2

'i

28

\

i

5

Ml

1

; :

-.

-

=*P=J

-^=

£

1

i

i

mm

2 whit**

keys.

2 black

keys.

1

white key

1 white

key 1

black key

1

black key

1

black

key

I

black

key

1

white

key

1 white

key

min.-ccnnH

maj.

second

min.

second

maj.second

a

preparation

for trills in

thirds

the Editor recommends:

8_

2

1

a

i

8

f>

simple trills with

1

i

.

iA i lV—

4

| i

1

/

^Q

l'

~

i

6)

disjoined

F1

J'l ^

i Wi 'r

*

^

\*

?i

f Wm

^r.

-

\ PT*H

tones, e.

g.

fr

If

1

''*,'''

>

fe^

llQJsP

double

trills:

^1

W

1

gBllg»^gg|^i

2

'i

1

K

in

thirds

follow next:

pairs

of

2

maj.Tbirds

2 maj.

Thirds

1 min.

Third 2min.

Thirds

lmin. and

lmaj.and

interval of 1

semitone

1

whole tone

1

semitone

1

whole

tone

1

maj.

Third

1

min. Third

^o

be

transposed

to all de-

EEE

grees

of the

octave.

I

U

tf^

fi

3

ij—4-

i

1

follow

Trills in all species

of

fourths,

fifths,

and

sixths;

,

&^

gj^

Trills

above, below,

or

between

2

or

more

held

tones,

e.g.

5%;

|f

$

|~i>a8 «

|

5,Jp

p

i3^Z?

dH

etc.

Trills

in

contrary

motion

with chord

-intervals;

e.g.

,

f

n

r>

2

J

12

fen

t

j^

'

^

jj^^

m

.

p n

l

»

r

°£

r \t r

°

tA

=:

.,

tW

r

z=±E:K£±wij=.t£=.

j

^L-f^l

1

(comp.

Coda of

Beethoven's

jXtTj

EEj

Concerto

in

F\>,

I

s

*

movem)

with

a

changing:

number

of

gf

»

p

i

L

eT>

i

i

d^l

\ t$& iffilfe.

8

 

$T}

>

(simulated

double

trill),

e.

g.

igpl

jzJ^' \

W

H'j

I

LJ

|

[j)

1

H

i||p

m.ft.

\

»

l

\

fL

|

J

T1

=t

N

-^*4d

v

in

B*}

J*T

8

6

(Liszt)

with a second

part, e.j^.

*•

i~

\\

d

i~ i

to

which

class melodies

over

an organ-point

formed

bv a

trill also

belong

(see

JSSjt)

Beethoven,

Op?

53,109,

111).

the desire

to

produce

trills

in

three

or

more

parts led to the idea

of:

n

mj. immk

mam

executed

by

the

al-

Jt

M.&vA \'k ..» ,,

a

„ i

an

idea transferred

later

to

rdt

ate

stri

ills

executed

by

the

al-

JM.%

?

A+&

Ar{

\

triking

of the

hands, e.g.

ffi^J^

**

%

'

?tiJ.\

ssi

S 2 3

2

one-part trills

and

Octave-triLls:

%-

As

a supplemeatary

study

we

must

notice

the Tremolo,

which is

properly a

trill in

wider

intervals,

(Compare

Liszts

Tremolo

-Etude

on

Paganini's Caprice?)

*

It

was

considered best not to

suppress

the

mention

of

this peculiarity

of

technique,

so

characteristic of that

time;

though

hardly

modern

pianist

will

be

-able

to

follow the given

directions.

11661

Page 77: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 77/220

69

FugaXI,a3.

Allegretto,

ben

misurato,

eon

semplieita.

m

n

4

8

5

3

2

3

«

5

i«iH»^^

^TTi

-tfurnni

i

w

*

£&£

rfgsy

=r

i

&

p

hm

jP0£o

»z#rc

§

*-^-

^3

*

/W£0

more.

Despite

its

careful

polyphonic

working-out,

this

fugue

belongs to

the

pleasing

and

less exacting

class.

the

exponent

of a

type

of

character

it

is

not

the

peer

of

the

E- minor

Fugue,

although

the

latter

com-

only

comparatively

modest

resources

of

expression.

The

Editor

felt

obliged

to

suppress

the

 elegant

of

the

first

5

eighth-

notes

^

which

is

in

such

vogue,

and

for which

Czerny

Is

responsible,

in

favor

of

a

more

justifiable

mode

of execution.

11901

Page 78: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 78/220

70

1)

Although

these 3

eighth-notes,

on account

of

the held

tone

b\>,

can

he taken

only

with

the

finger-

stroke,

must nevertheless

be

brought out as

a direct

continuation

of

the

preceding

staccato;

this

is

the

aim

of

fingering

given. The ascending bass

part

should

be taken as

a

model,

and

the

imitation

should

sound

out

rominently.

2)

Though

no

one,

perhaps,

can

fail to

recognize

the

disguised

theme

in

this

ornamentation,

we

call

special

attention

to

it

:

3)

An

analogous case

to

that

under

l).

fr

f

i

g3

1

fig

i

Wl

i

f

116A1

Page 79: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 79/220

71

Prelude

XII.

AndanteP

l

^v^pj

with round,

full

tone

largamente,

espressivo

i

A

J

J.

at

m

*u

=

¥W^

poro sent/to

5 3

ZM

fet

i*8

«ie

i

4

pm pieno

p

cresc.

con

affetto

%

tasked

',

'u-J

ni-ivn

r

3

,

1

f*ffg

im

espressivo

molto

1)

,*»</«*/<>

(moderately

slow)

is

to

be-

supplemented,

in

the

further

course

of

the

piece,

by

the

qualifying

words

espressivo,

mesto,

appassionato .

2)

Rests

have been

added by

the

Editor

to

fill

out

breaks in

the

full

number

of

parts.

8)

The Editor

conceives

the

form

which

makes

its

appearance

here

as

belonging

to

the

tripartite

type,

and

arranged

his

scheme of

division

accordingly.

Thus

the

first

part

emhraces

5^

measures,

supplemented

by

external

appendage

of

2^

measures

more;

the

second

part

contains

two

divisions

of

4

and

8^

measures

and the

third

part

extends

to

the

close.

1895,

by

O.

Sohirmer(Ino.)

iioei

Page 80: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 80/220

7a

;::..*

fe

#

^

:

can

»•%

'-^u

*

»

#

.#-

^p^^

pom

slentando

n

tem

^r r r r

J

WI

.

Ill

£5

J^Bl

§5ip

HI

»

>

l

*

^3

 A»

gip

*-^

piufsubito

J

^=^

j

j

j

.

j

?

3X

«&a.

*

£

5S

<&>.

1

g

^>

:

JTffl«R3

j

j

sempre

sostenuto

e con

grand'

accento

piii

sostenuto

<E,

f

^g

<

m^

motto

cresc.

_

±=±=4

<Ba.

^v

^

J

i

^

J

70?

c^r

y

wow

strepitoso

-J^-*-

ossia

ad

lib.

f/r.

f-4i^

r

III.

<5fi>.

(»UJi/ftfiitn/f

Prd.)

TT

11601

Page 81: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 81/220

73

Fuga

XII,

a

4.

Molto sostenuto, ma

fermo

in

tempo

e

carat

/ere.

Kiemann:

Adagio

pensieroso

=

<fc)

The

following

arrangement,

derived

a

crossing

of

the

hands,

will

ma-

promote

a

distinct

enunciation

theme:

A writing-

out

in

score

plainly

shows

y

Theme.

interrelationship

of the

theme

and

three

counter-

themes, and is given

as

an

aid

to

the

student:

>

connecting-

link

**

[_

[

T

y

does

belong

to

any

one

of the

counter-

in

particular, and is

inserted

before

the

second

and

third.

k

neei

Page 82: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 82/220

'

U^

'--

w

^pj^ffi.

«flflij»

^a

•n^r

t

^

AJJjJh

^

5g

3

4

2

5,

^

a

j)

j i

ij-ja

jft

'

gravemerife

3

EJ P

n,>

'J

1

 >. > > I

fr

s

r

?

hjaJiL^jau

i

J

5

5

JL

5

o

1

3 4

5

4

ijB

43

£

-

T

tr

'r

r

8)

From

the

beginning

of

the

second

development,

a

certain

rigidity

in the

form

and

monotony in

the har-

and

contrapuntal

evolution

are

perceptible,

which

gradually

ruin

the

effect

of the

magnificent

and promis-

first

part.

For

this,

in our

opinion,

the

unbroken tripartite

rhythm

(=

12

4)

is

chiefly

to blame.

And

then

the

monotonous

succession

of

the

alternate entrances

of

the

theme

and the

episodes; one follows

the

with

pedantically

strict

regularity.

The

episodes

themselves

elaborate

unchangingly

a

motive

of

not ex-

remarkable

rhythmic

charm,

based

on an

harmonic

sequence

either

ascending

or descending Avoid,

in

last

-mentioned

motive,

a too

pronounced

marking

of its

anapestir

character

(by

detaching

the

eighth-notes)

jffi

j*fT^

method

of

execution

which,

in

the

frequent

repetitions,

would

endanger

the

gra*e

character

of

the

piece;

and

as

closely

as

possible

to the

Editor's

phrasing.

)

Here

the

tripartite

rhythm

is

abbreviated

by

half

a measure,

which

causes

a

shifting

of

the

fundamental

this

abridgment

of

the

symmetrical

form

is,

however,

made

good

in the next

episode

by the insertion

two

quarter-

notes.

A

similar

diversion

appears

before

and

after

the

entrance

of

the

theme

in

E^

major.

11661

Page 83: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 83/220

yy^iy

75

^CtfTto.

kt=»

ms

^

:5

S

Z

etfr

Or

£

:

dr

&

is

w.</.

cff

#

 *

*^

4

8

2

*

5

5

4

8

iVttT

f?

fr

quasif

A

l_-

S

^^

£

I

B

PP

4 5

4

5

^n

J

b

^r

J

-J3

j—rffi

j^-j-^

1

Ctffljf

TVrri

^LiT

(N.B. Ctninttr-Hubjtctn'}

N.B.

to the

very

evident

relationship

subsisting

between

this

fugue and

the

ninth

of the

Three-

part Inven-

the

similarity

in

key

may,

first

of

all,

contribute

in

some

measure.

But a

still

closer

bond

appears

on

the

thematic material

of

these

two

pieces.

For

example, both in

the

Invention

and

the

Fugue

principle

theme

is

composed of

quarter

-notes

in

chromatic

succession:

Fugue:

Invention:

V)}'\>

J

f

^

 f

Up

If

J

«U4-

i—

(—

either

case, the

counter-

theme

progresses

upwards by

degrees

and in

half-

measure

groups,

the

latter

sepa-

by

rests on

the

strong

beats:

Fugue:

Invention:

The

similarity is

rendered still

more

striking

by

the

agreement

in

the

construction

of

the

two compositions.

in

both

a

second

obbligato-

counter

-

theme

comes

to

the

aid

of

the

first; and

the

play

of

the

continual

super-

(contrapuntal

inversion)

of

the

three

motives

goes

on, in

both

cases,

without

further

development

pro-

rly so called.

Finally,

each

of

these

pieces

is

dominated

by

the

sustained

emotion

of

thoughtful

gravity

com-

in

the Italian

expression

-mark

 grave ',

though

the

depth

and

sublimity

of

feeling,

and

the

intensifi-

tion of

expression,

revealed

in

the

Invention,

are

not

reached

in

the

Fugue.

(Compare

Notes

8

and

5

to

this

and

the N.B. to

N9

9 of

the

8 -part

Inventions,

in

the

Editor's

edition.)

MM

Page 84: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 84/220

£:

v

*

#•#-

*

••'*#

?.

#•

 

*

/>/>

)

.:

f

./•

  f

•»:.'.*

«*.

^ ?

ft^

J

»

,

-•

 

/j

- :

^

i

.^

M

J.

«' H

j

'

5C5

dr^^if

w';

f

^

ttfLtf

S

r

''Ctrc-Cf'm^

5)

y~

2£=^d

(845)

With

a very

delicate employment

of

the pedal,

it

would be

quite

feasible

to

double

the

bass

part in

the

oc-

The

Editor has

repeatedly

insisted

on

the

admissibility

of

this

procedure

in Bach.

Some

instances

may

be

in

Fugues

n,

V,

VII,

and

the

ninth

of the

3

-part

Inventions:

'IT

T+

PI

.^'

M

Page 85: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 85/220

77

Prelude

XIII.

A admit

ino

tranquillo

ma

scorrevole

(%).

i

M

'

hjgflf-

2)

-

8

«

kf

r^-

^^^^Fi

semprep,

delicatajnente

e

legato

1)

With

this

Prelude

begins a little series

of

 elementary review-

studies,

with

which

the two following fugues

also

be

classed.

After

these

we would

recommend, as a

closing

exercise,

the

6-16

Fugue

in

Bach's

Z?-major

(Bischoff's edition,

Vol.1,

6),

which

affords

a

decidedly

difficult

task

in

'repeated notes .-.

The

16th-note

the quarter-note must

not

be

detached,

for

that

would

give too great

weight

to

this  lightest

syllable ;

ought

rather

to be

struck

very gently, and slurred

over, as it

were,

to

the succeeding

note, which can be

without trouble by

employing

the

given

fingering.

2)

The

figure

is

composed of

.ffl

PT I

I'J'

I

F'

l

1

'I

After

this

explanation,

the Editor

considers

it

super

syncopated

triplets

in 16th-

notes:

**

^

^A f_f^j^

fluous

to

transcribe the

whole

Prelude

in

this

manner.

8)

The trills may— as none

such appears

at

first in

the theme _

be omitted here

and

further

on;

more

especially

the

effect of

interrupting

the

smooth flow

of

the

16th-notes by hastier

rhythms

may

perhaps appear

unpleasant.

N.

B.

In this

piece

the

rhythm

affords

the

doubly

unusual

phenomenon of

complete

independence

of the

4-mea-

period-

structure,

and of

a continual

change

in

the

time

(j|

:

J|).We

have attempted

to

display our

conception

the

latter

in.

the

diagram

below. The vertical

lines

indicate bars, and

the spaces

between

them,

measures;

figures

surrounded by circles

state

the

number of

i|

measures,

and

correspdnd

with

the similar

figures

the musical

text.

Thus the

first

period,

for

instance,

consists \of

4

i|

measures

and

1

i|

measure,

to

5V

2

measures

of

the

original.

8rd

Part.

1st

Part

Page 86: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 86/220

ItV

ft

1

W

<

,

©

V

I

I

*

)

*&

**

W$s$

m

»

w

*

^

^pnani

^^

#-*-

j'iiV

f

-

err flr

quasif

sm

00

ffl^

&fr=£

-i»

i

f

\

p

feg

§

^

oco

4^-

J)

J

^

^3

fi

r

cr

fri

ffly

jf

##<z

corda)

11661

Page 87: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 87/220

79

Fuga

XIII, a

3.

Allegretto

piacevole

e

scherzoso.

J^j

a

^^

i,iflflV

^

L

tt

rudir

H

a

dolce,poco

marc.

\

quasi

staccato

un

poco

con

piccanteria

1842

1341 2452

Where the trhi

is

a

constituent

element

of

the

theme,

no

variants

are permissible

in

its

repetitions,

for such

be

an

alteration of

the

theme

itself.

Consequently,

that

form

of

the

trill

should

be

chosen which

can

be

faithfully

retained

even

in

the

most

intricate

combinations.

Perhaps

the

most

plastic

example of

this

kind

to

be found in

the

concluding fugue

of

Beethoven's

Sonata

Op. 106:

(ft

1

*

\

K

^

^jj

2)

Take

special

care

not to yield

to

the

temptation

to

phrase

 trochaically

J?7j

.

the

proper

phrasing

here

 iambic

(syncopated):

^Q))

l«&0^

'

ns

si

8

3)

Thematically

correct

execution:

N. B. The

terms

 piacevole'

1

and

 scherzoso

are

divided,

in

their

application

to

the

Exposition

and

the

first

epi-

but

are

united,

from

the

second

part

onward,

in

a

continuous

contrasting

play.

11661

Page 88: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 88/220

&

W

*

 

m

M

M

*

+

**

m:

:

*

i

i

80

»•

«J_Lf

:

j>

<

..

a.

J>

,

felj»

&

i, -

fflft

e

l

*_

Lffl

H

fl

^ffiTP^

W7T

3

«9

*)

pv

[*

i

,

r

i

13 2 3

2

IS

5)

In

the

second

part, the

Editor

distinguishes

two

development-

groups,

the

first

leading

from

the

funda

mental

key

to

its

relative,

and

the

second

from

this

latter

back

into the tonic.

11661

Page 89: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 89/220

81

Prelu.de

XIV.

Allegro con spirito

*V*V

gJ

j

fdecisa?nente,

poco legato

*)

.^,>^

K

^

±

F

I

h

Wjj

m

ag

JBflTO

c

j

ag

g^ig^gH

pi^ppp

si

#-—

-#

m

.0

t

trrA

f

'Haf^

ttfl

*

•**

^-^

^^

^P

1)

In contradistinction

to

 un poco

legato

(somewhat

connected),

this

 poco legato is to

be

conceived

neg-

in

the

sense

of

 slightly

(hardly)

connected .

Play,

therefore,

a trifle

more smoothly than

an absolute

legato .

Page 90: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 90/220

82

•BEJSfe

2)

 A

dotted

note,

followed

in

ascending

progression

by short

one,

may

also

take a

trill

with an

after-beat.

however,

of

slurring

over

the

last

note

of

the

after

-beat

with

the greatest

rapidity

to the

next

note,

the

present

case

(with

a

dotted

note)

this

is

not

done,

because

a

very minute

space

of

time

must

inter-

between

the

last

note

of

the

after

-beat

and the

following note. This

space

should be

so

measured,

one

can

just

barely

hear

that the

after- beat

and the next

note

are

two separate things

This

comes

the

execution

of

dotted

notes,....

according

to which

the

short notes succeeding the

dot

are

always

dismissed

briefly

than

the

notation

actually

demands .

(C. Ph.

E. Bach.)

Example:

or:

8)

Strike

as

nearly

as

possible

together.

without

after-

beat:

11661

M

JTO3

Page 91: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 91/220

88

Pi

Fuga

XIV, a 4.

Sostenuto

e severo,

ma

piuttosto

Andante.

1

'

motto

tenuto

T-

-i 1

^

4^*0

*

«/»

HP

d.

2)

niPzza

voce

I

]

J

^3*

^3

#-»

KJ

-<*=>-

J--

P

1

*1

legato

^

^m

x&

m^Mmm

jM

P

quasi

misterioso

±

*

B r

r

f

IP

^kfjj

r

cfrr-r'cj^

^

^

*a

^f

4

5

1)

Sostenuto

(sustained)

refers

to

the

tempo;

severo

(severe,

rigorous),

to

the

expression;

piuttosto

Andante

in-

that

the

movement

must

by

no

means

drag.

2)

Compare

Note

1 to

Fugue

XIII.

8)

These

repetitions

(anticipations)

of

the

counter-

subject

(compare

Note

1 Jo

Prelude

XIII,

and

Note

Z

to

Xm)

must

not

be

conceived

as

appoggiaturas;

for

they

are,

in

fact,

syncopations

in

quarter-

notes

di-

in

the

middle (i.e.,

eighth-

notes):

3:

^

y

.ffrrtr.tr

f fk

Original

figure

Wrong

conception:

Correct

conception:

4)

This

C$

(+)

is

to

be

restruck,

because

taken

here

by

the

middle

part.

itttl

A

uniform

change

of

fingers

is

indispensable

here.

Page 92: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 92/220

6

)',,'

,''

 

#'

»

#

84

r

g I

t

f

*j

77-

*\.

ff

f

'r^rr

p.

^

1

<

8

 I

 S

1

-

»

'-J

'

'

r-iUr)

r^. *rff

J — I UJ

J-

r~;

«l

^

<j>

t

c:

f

E

».

^

Vi

ft

4

/^^

marc.-.

This

and

all

the

following

trills

have

been added

by the

Editor in

conformity with

the

thematic

model.

ty

ft

Jy^

jg

3

is

to

be

understood

as an

abbreviated

and figurative

form

of

the theme:

^

(

V

P*f

^

+

+

The

Editor

is

unable

to

comprehend

wiry

Rieinann

seriously

attempts

to

stretch' the

form

of this

Fugue

three

parts

(divisions);

for

he

himself

must

admit the

difficulties

confronting

him

in the task.

These

vanish

as

soon as

the

bipartite

fornr

is

.ssumed

and

acknowledged;

the

outline of

the Fugue

stands

out

plastically,

like

a

relief-map

of

a

mountain

-region.

either

division,

each

part

brings

out

the

theme

once;

and,

in

the Cod>,

the soprano

repeats

it

for

the

time

in the

smooth,

simple

form

heard

at

the

beginning

of the

Fugue.

This

is

the

scheme:

(

Tenor

(dux),

Alto

(comes)

_

1

1

meas.

modulation

Part

I

Bass

(dux)

I

Episode

of

4

measures

V

Soprano

(dux)

Modulation

-and

transition,

2V

2

measures

Alto

(comes,

in

contrary

motion)

Episode

(lV

2

measures)

Soprano

(comes,

in direct

motion)

1

meas.

modulation

(agreeing

with

same

in

1st

p

a

rt)

Tenor

(dux)

Bass

(dux,

in

contrary

motion)

Transition

(2 measures)

Soprano

(dux)

from

slight

deviations

to

the

subdominant,

there

are

no

modulations

into

any

other

key.)

refer

to

our

remarks

to

the

E-

minor

Fugue,

Note

4,

and

repeat

our

objection

to

the introduction

and

of

an

average

rule

of

measurement.

The

yardstick

of the

tripartite

form,

which

is, as

we

have

shown,

long

for

ihis

piece,

would

be

(for

instance)

altogether

inadequate

for the

Beethoven

Sonata Op.106,

which

all

set

bounds.

11661

par

t

S

Page 93: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 93/220

85

n

y*

9

g

-

«

#2#ra

4

2

8 8

marc.

II

I

 rrS

J

*>qwj

JwJJ

fl<

K3t

-S

2

«C*

r*r

gjti

r

rir

rfw»

cr?r

£

^r^iz

CTYJ.W. -

««•<

^

^

i*

ii

wTH

&

J

J

J

1

J

^

j

-

/

allarg...

^.?gj

'

1

5

*

41081

r

cr

Page 94: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 94/220

86

Prelude XV.

A 1

1

6gl*0<

U 1

m. m m

_

»

_ _

^*

y

:

i

f*^

U

B

Firmness

of

touch

and

certainty

of

aim

are

the

most

necessary

conditions

for

playing

3-and

4-part

broken

The hand should feel the position

of

the

notes in

advance,—

indeed,

the

full chord should be

in

rea-

In

the

finders, just

as

if

all

the

parts

were to be

struck simultaneously;

by

this

means

the

possibility

anevenness

and

wroit^:

notes

will be

cut

off. It therefore

appears advisable to

practise the figure, first

all,

in

flat chords:

a)

the

following

variants

will

then

enable

the student

to

derive

the

most

varied

be-

nefits

from

the same.

etc.

is

of

no merely

subordinate

interest (if we

may

be allowed to

make

a

brief

digression)

to trace the

change*

the

employment of

broken

chords

as accompaniment-

figures has

undergone

in

the

evolution of piano-

While

Mozart

limits

himself

to

the spreading

of

a

sustained

harmony

within

the range of

an octave

(/?-minor

last

movem.,

Coda),

Beethoven

already reveals

to

us

the

charm of

tonal

effect

and

the

significance

of

position

(Op.

53,

Op.

109. conclusion

of

the

trill -variation;

32

tf-minor

Variations, XXXI

and

XXXII);

Chopin

employs

broken

chords

for

passionately

intensifying

his melodies,

for which

the

left-hand part

the

Finale

to

the

^-minor

Sonata,

in its

three

intensified forms,

affords us

a remarkable

example;

by

Henselt

the

spread

of

the

stretches

is

pushed to its

utmost extent, and he

invests

them

with

the

and bravura

of

the

virtuoso

-style

(Etudes,

Op.

2,

N9

1);

and

finally,

Liszt

gathers

all

the

attainments

of his predecessors

together,

in

a finished pianistic style,

and

exalts

 arpeggio ,

by accentuating

its characteristic

and tonally

picturesque points, into a

higher

sphere of

or-

(As

examples

we

mention

 Benediction

de Dieu dans

la solitude ,

Part UI; Norma

fantasia, ^-minor

zC.

 arpeggiando

con

grandezza ;

the Etudes

Vision, Waldesravschen,

Z?b-major

{de

concert)-,

 St.

Francois

mar-

sur

les

flots ,

development-part;

etc., etc.;

in

which

Liszt employs

the

entire

range of the

keyboard.)

It was

repugnant

to Bach's

thoroughly

polyphonic

nature

to let

his

accompaniment- parts progress,

measure

measure,

in

smooth

chord-

figures;

when

he used

chords,

he

chose forms like

those

in the Preludes

in

-minor

and

E-

minor.

On

the other

hand, he

was

fond

of

taking

figurate broken

chords

as independent themes;

Preludes

in

C

and G-

major and D-

minor

may be considered

as

types

of

this

description.

We

find

the

arpeggio

employed

in

this

same

manner by

Beethoven,

particularly

in

his

development

-

move-

even

in more

modern

literature (Chopin)

similar

instances are

not

lacking.

At this

juncture

we

recom-

the

student

to

take

up

the

grand

crescendo

before

the

Prestissimo,

in

the Rondo of

Beethoven's Op.

58,

a

side-

study,

and

to

practise

the

passage in all the keys with

the same fingering.

11661

Page 95: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 95/220

87

g=m

Close,

ace. to Forket.

>

r

i

'

P

ri^ff^rfa^rgrr^

rr

^

i

tfetfcg

r^

t

S

M

P

I

jja

^jfr^

^^

 iT

y]T

[jj

p

^.p

All

I

PT

i

fllffl

f

r

n

/T\

-o-

V

-»-

.

\^

1)

Here, it is

true,

one

can

plainly

perceive

a

 dividing-

line

in

the

form,

which

latter,

nevertheless,

can

no

be

forced

into

set limits

than

in

the

case

of

the

/'-major

Prelude.

iieei

Page 96: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 96/220

A Puga

XV,

a

'.\:

til

eg retto BoheriosOi

;,rrm

;,

. , ,

,

Mi

m

  * *

*

troppo

leggiero

// font

h.

«

Jffi

S?

5S

&

4=1

^

-»—

y-

P^?

^

^=f

t^

f

T=^

_#

a

^

&*#

*-*#

s^

/^^6'(9

marc

1)

This Fugue,

originally,

was

the 15th in

Part

II.

While

in

the case

of

the E\>

Fugue

the Editor was in-

chiefly

by (esthetic

reasons

for a

like

change in the

pairing,

in

this

case technical

reasons

are the

cause. The relation between

these

motives

( pointed chord

-figures,

as

we

called

them

in

a

Note

to

last

Invention):

^LUi^LLiLLl/

1

i

s, indeed,

indisputable.

By

setting

them

side

by

side,

and together

the

following

variants,

we

obtain a cycle of Etudes

belonging to the

same

class.

Now,

therefore, the Editor

only

to investigate

the

{esthetic

value

of

his

new

arrangement;

this

investigation

shows

a

surprisingly

relationship

of

the fugue to

the

prelude.

The

last scruple— concerning the

mutual

suitability of

the

and fugue then

left

over—

also

appears to us

to

be

removed after

a

comparison

of

their common

light

character.

11661

Page 97: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 97/220

1'

'

P

*

p

'

P

y

g

The

entrance

of the

dominant

organ

-point—

as previously

remarked—

announces, in

contrapuntal

pieces,

tht

of

the

Third

Part.

The successive

entrances of

the

three

parts

in

this

run,

which has

its

root

in

the

hass

and

its climax

in

soprano, might be

variously exhibited.

We select, for

pianistic

reasons, the

following

method

of division:

11661

Page 98: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 98/220

90

H

A

Study

in

Composition

i)

toother

foroi

of

Fufcoe

XV,

accordlog

to

Kelloer'n oopy

L i

?

-.-

t i

i

*

4

i

*

:

¥=y

f

|7

1

^ Tfrffi

a

A

*

?

r i»rrrrrr

n

rf^g

F^T

m

,

/

rm.

,m

JJ

J

JJJ

BE3KBHH

Iff

ffpi

1)

The

form

of the

Fugue

here

given,

which

permits

us

to peep

into the

worksnop of

genius,

so

to

speau,

may

well

be

regarded

as a finished

sketch for

the

preceding

piece,

should

be

taken

at its

real

value

as

study

in

composition.

Its

naive style

of expression

is decidedly

not

without

charm;

so many

desirable

fea-

moved

the

Editor

to

include

this

 Fughetta in

the

collection.

neei

Page 99: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 99/220

91

©

Study.

Etude.

])

Arrangement

of

Fugue

XV

for

two

Pianofortes

I.

II.

W

'

4

VIK

i

1)

The

figuration

quite

closely

follows the pattern

of

genuine

Bach

organ

-pedal

passages;

and

even

though

the

humorous

composition

hardly bears, in

view

of

its character, such a

weighting-

down as

it

has in

this

we

can,

nevertheless, not

permit

this opportunity to pass

without

embracing

it

to

present a

of

study

in technique

which

will

be found

very helpful

in

transcriptions of

Bach's

organ -pieces.

Vet

Fugue,

even

in

this shape, will

lose

none of

its

grace or

transparency, it

properly

played.

We emphati-

repeat,

as

we

have

said

again and again,

that the

technical enrichments

which

Bach's

music is

capable

taking

on ought

never

to be made the

vehicle for

the

exhibition of

virtuosity;

but that

they,

as

the medium

an

effective

presentation

of the

Master's

grandeur of style,

appear not

only

justifiable,

but

indispensable.

11461

Page 100: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 100/220

-

.

-*

m

m

m

99

1

\

».

v

;

%

i

f

n*

J

r

r

f

*t

1

m

f

M

1

'

J

•j

*

-

FPfTT

i

«t>

•>

•>

ti

•«

*-»

41

¥

>

2

3OT

£

ffl2rf3BM

1

I

A /?.

.«-*

*

U(44

1

*

»

*

*

^=*£

PP?

t

if

'

£- '

p

f P

tf'

r;;;

J

-

ipHit'

a

'

s

-»-«

F*

H^

35

w

»

m

£

£

te

I

r

>

*r r *T

Lll

i

B

11661

Page 101: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 101/220

93

Page 102: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 102/220

M

Prelude

XVI

I

arghetto,

Benaa

troppa

espressione.

(N

H)

NV

.

9:J€

//

->

*v

=)

ggM

3

i

«

i^

fe^

gi-d^

^1-

--WJ^

a

i

a

7??Fp

^^

2

N.B.

Though

the

direction

 without

special

expression

may

at

first

appear

singular,

or,

to

many, even

dis-

tasteful,

we

wrote

it

down

with

a

full consciousness

of

its

import. Enough

music is spoiled

by

too

much

 feeling ,

especially

in

cases

where

real

expression

is wanting.

Consequently

it

seems

a duty, at times,

to

guard

against

rampant

exhibitions

of

#

sentimentality.

Even

if

the

performance of

this

Prelude- which

is,

in

a

sense,

a

counterpart

to

the

/'-minor Prelude

_

ought

to disregard

neither

the

swelling dynamic lines, nor

an

intensification

and

a

climax,

the

character

of the

composition

points,

on

the whole,

to

an even,

rather

dark

registration,

which

should

predominate

in all the

details

of

shading.

Study the soft

registers

of the

organ,

and

their

treatment,

especially

in Bach's

works. We

take

the

tempo-mark Larghetto

from

Riemann's

analysis.

11601

Page 103: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 103/220

95

TBPjIHB

i

2

SI

i

i

i

tfH

p

^T

I

;ffirjn;flg

j

cici lcrr iifecCrrT

*

pin

pie

no

e

espressico

jctafmgr<^

crescendo

largamente

J)

\miT^^i

SPtnpre

f

e

larg-amente

sino a Finr.

1)

 A

trill

without

following

notes,

e.g.,

at

a

close,

over

a

fermata,

etc.,

always

takes an

after-beat'

(C.

Ph.

E.

Bach.)

of

this

closing

trill, including

the

whole duration

of the

fermata:

1§E

^

I

Appendix

to Prelude

XI.)

11661

trm.

Page 104: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 104/220

Ufi

I

'

«•

Fuga

XVI

a

I.

v

1

1

« i it

nt

e

••»>n

moto<

«

./

•>

,'

<

ei.

f

»;

.».

:f^ g^r ffj*

'

J

y

i

1

'

*

r

''

r

&

'sfCrtY-^crk

r

*

u

J

=

V?

VJ 0

^^

Xb3

-w

«

y

rip

^5^^

^

According

to

Tausig

Leading-

of

the

parts:

{

Alto.

The

distribution

of

the

parts

on

the

in

this

measure

is

copied from

Tausig

3j

6

t

3

4

3

5

ft

4 3

The student

should

compare this

reading

with

ours, and

_

as

soon

as he can

master

both

technically—

choose

between them.

2

4 &

2

This

stretto

between

bass

and alto

is

not

noticed

in

Riemann's

analysis.

Page 105: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 105/220

5)

The

notation

of the

autograph

resolves

a

possible doubt

as

to

whether

we

have

to

do,

in

the

next

8

mea-

with

a tenor

or

a

bass

part; as

it

exhibits the

first lour

eighth-notes with

joined

stems:

;

 ~~Tt

p1

and

judging-

from

the

preceding, decides

for

the

bass.

The tenor

pauses

exactly

10

full

measure

6)

From

harmonic

considerations

we

have written

here in

the theme

a

tied

note,

in

plate of the

original

eighth-rest.

7)

The

addition

of

a free,

 supernumerary part for

the attainment of

greater fullness

and compactness

of

tone,

indubitably

that a

fortissimo

is

required

in

the

two

final

measures.

11661

Page 106: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 106/220

k»H

i>

r

,

\

mploj

tii--

- ft

pedal

throughout the

Dumber,

excepting

for

the

lust

It

follow*

th.it

from

II»h passage

marked

u

pih pie

no

ed

68pr68sivo

n

x

t

doubli

Him soft

pedal should

\>r

raised.

If

the

I

oda

is

to

Bound

broad

and

loud

r

h,,s.

noted

ttii—

ni/ir/i

a

a

variant),

the.

-<>ft

pedal

will

not, of

course, be

used

hare

ther.

Kmploj

the following

fingering In

the

first

measure

of

the

Coda:

*•

a

b

.

<

i

.

-:-'

1

#

f

^<

i

i

i

i I

*

INI

1

'S-^-|^d=

-y

p

E^

; --.

'

i

i

2

H

Tlii>

l>

Is

wronglv

engraved

as an eighth-note.

...

.

-

-

<.—

t-

To

the

observations

on

Fingering

of

Thirds

(Fugue IX.

Note

1)

should

be

added,

that

for

scales

in

Thirds

which,

played

with

the

ordinary

fingering,

are

intended

to

sound

legato,

it

is

most

important in

ascending

to

play

the

higher

pari

legato,

and

in

descending to play the

loner part legato:

4

8

,

;

z

>

2

l

-*

a

-^

a

-

\_^

2.

The

strictest

Legato

for

diatonic

runs

in

thirds

(v. Ex.

in

notes,

Fugue XI,

Note 1):

1st Octave.

J5

'< 3

/,

3

',

:i

Example:

^ fff-fMFpJJjj

J

:< 1

2

1

2 1

2

(2)

2nd

Octave.

the

3rd octave like the

first,

the

fourth

like

the

second,

etc.

-»-r

>- >;**.«$«-*-

Finally,

we

omitted to remark,

that

the different

forms

of

Bars used to

mark

divisions in the form

have

the

following

significations:

Close of

anv

Part:

Division

in

a

Part:

Sections

or Periods

important

to

indicate:

or:

Close,

or

End:

To

the

editions

of

the

 Well-tempered

Clavichord

mentioned

in

a

Note

to

our

 Introductory

Remarks

should

be

added

a

new

revision of

the

work,

edited

by

Prof.

Karl

Klindworth,

and

an analytic

 Edition of

the

Fugues

in

Score,

by

Dr. F.

Stade,

which have appeared since

we

went

to

press.

Page 107: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 107/220

99

 The

Well-tempered

Clavichord

by

JOHANN

SEBASTIAN

BACH.

Revised,

annotated,

and

provided

with parallel

exercises

and

ac-

companying

directions

for

the

study

of

modern

pianoforte

-

teebnie

by

FERRUCCIO

B.

BUSONI.

Prelude

XVII.

With

a

certain solemnity.

3

8

i

£=3

EZ

t

V

m

£

rirr

i

I

Part

3

^fi J >)h .

^^

quasi

m^z ^

*=*

^

P^f

^pw.

/£#.

d/frr

Hojfmeister:

(9),

B. This

introductory

number

strikes

us as

solemn and

 ceremonious ,

although

its

somewhat

meagre

setting

does

allow

full

scope 'to

these

characteristics.

To

their fuller

development,

an

amplification

of

the

pianoforte-score

would

desirable,

which

might

assume

the

following

form:

The

tempo

somewhat

broader

than in

the

original

w.

*

Me

as. 9

ll

00880

srn.i

it

fontfUllfu

1897,

by

G.

Schirmer, Inc.

Printed

in

the

U. S.

A.

Copyright

renewal

assigned,

1926,

to

G. Schirmtr,

Inc.

Page 108: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 108/220

100

'

.'

#

1

l» m

• I

f

#

#

#

I*

LU'l_I

^ri^:

/;///

/>

r/v.sr

* m •

JJ

h

248

B

w

2

eJ

f

i

u

J

*

r

/

-Vt-^

?

V Pb

bJ

V

J

>

*

»

P

p*

^a

w

*

Eyr

1

3

2

4

1

/rift

robusto

jt?06Y> legato

5^

 >

#-i*

/wee

legato

\

en

im1.1

iii

robusto

after

Hoffmeister:

Page 109: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 109/220

101

(26)

/,

poco

a

poco

aim.

-0-

rnn-g

or:

s

w

cresc.

/[fifcfiOJ

P

#«#

5

^^=^1

?

caKSftBF

(39)

tsz

¥=*

w

fenergico

P^

7io?t legato

L

i

i i

Meas.39

Page 110: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 110/220

Pnga

XVll,

a

4.

M

tulr I'M

1

1».

<

V

i'

mj

•>

:

3.

/*

./

-

lot

ration,

hut

not

draggingly.

+

*

m m

*

w

'

+

easts

=

J

H

litfe

r

/////

dolce

*

m-0-

»f

J)

in

I

run

to

J.

*

Afr4

LeJ—

V-J

-

J

J7

dZT^rzi

-

1)

The

theme

is

developed

from

the motive

i

j

j

and its intensified

repetition

i

j

J

-

In

spite

of

this, it

appears

in

trochaic

form

n

n

J'j

:. The

modifications

in the

succession

of the

intervals in the

theme,

according

as this

latter

ap-

pears

as

subject

or answer,

in

minor

or

in major,

exhibit

a

noteworthy

variety, and

require

special

attention.

2)

As

the

lttth-note

figure

plays

an ohbligato

role,

it

is

important,

and

should be brought

out

distinctly,

even rather

obtrusively

(on

no account

sentimentally'.).

8)

In this

three-part

episode

(«equence)

and the

following

three

repetitions

of

the same, lies

the

characteristic

feature

for

the

development

of

this

fugue.

Compare

these

passages

wtth

those

in

the

Second Part

of

the

E

-major

fugue (IX).

Note

8.

to

which

they

are

related

b^th

in spirit

and

form.

Page 111: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 111/220

108

Inversion

of

the

Figure

mentioned

in

Note

2.

Page 112: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 112/220

Ill

1

A

**

-

^*#

t

*

I

i

'

:

-

'

»

\

>±-

r

r

\M

5

///C//Y '//7/

*****

_

A-

«g

^i)

y

*

in

tfft/po

5

6)

S

-

cow

£{? fos.stf

#</

libitum

Notice

the

ascending

thematic

chain in the regular

succession of the four

parts.

l

1

-.

It

rj

J—l

J*J

J

The -inner part ,

which

makes

itself felt in

the resolution,

should

be

imagined

thus:

(fa

Mr

d

gga

==m

m^

B. The

editor analyzes the

form

as

follows:

Part.

Exposition =

6

measures.

Coda

=

3

measures.

Division

1.

Tenor.

I. 3-part

episode (sequence): 3

measures.

Alto.

II.

3-part

episode

= 3 measures.

Part.

{

Division

2.

Free

measure. Tenor.

Alto,

III. 3-part

episode=5

measures.

.Modulatory

theruatic

transition:

2

measures.

,

Division

3.

Alto.

Soprano, IV.

3-part

episode

=

4

and

one-fourth

measures.

Part.

Ascending

thematic

chain

-Bass,

Tenor,

Alto,

Soprano

=

4 measures

(see

Note

6

 

r,0l

'

llle

Episodp.

Soprano. Resolution.

=

5 measures.

The

relative

length ot

the

three

parts,

1-2-1

(=9-17-9

measures),

is the

most

satisfactory

mode

of

division.

Page 113: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 113/220

105

Prelude

XVIII.

Aiulantiiio.

lusingando.

^3.

/

dole

i'

wmm

}*yp-*

legatissitno,

egualm

en

te

7T

m

1

£M

i

7

1

ft,

1 2

1 3 4

*E£

£

d

,

m

r-

»

4i

-

f

i

y

y

T

espress.

poco

cresc.

f

i:r

.it^iC

decresc.

i j

pochiss.

slentando

a

tempo

1

:a*

f

=

|g ^

-

^^

l

J

w

t £

4-xi

r

?

u^cri*

Excepting

the following

7

eighths,

and

the closing

measure

and

one-half,

which

are written

in

four parts,

this

(which

we classify

as an

 Invention ) is

written

in three

parts (triple counterpoint).

Page 114: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 114/220

100

poco CT68C

;

'-

*A.

a

poco

o

poco

decn

*<

UA

-^

?

^g

^^^

P

ft:

£

goto

T

.

p r

*

£*S

cresc.

13 2

4

yj

(molto

tenuto)

poco

rit. _

Emphasize

the

development

of the

inverted

motive

(alto,

soprano,

bass).

The

formula

of the

sequence

at

first

appears

as

a

whole

measure (a),

and later

in

diminution as a half-

(b)

and

quarter

-measure

(c).

mea-

Page 115: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 115/220

107

U

Fuga

XVIII,

a

4.

Andante

(non

troppo)

con

un certo

sentimento

severe.

quasi

since.

I

ee

8

*

ApJ^C/

1071

f

T

>

.-yu.-t

3,Jjg^3

4

8

2

1

#faN77?

Jp

J^JlJ5J

8{

/3

$7/0*7'

st

ace.

1)

/?060

legato

u.

ss

rfl^

IPJlJ^W?

/>0C0

legato

J)j3

/

^hi^

^

i

i

3)

fa

TO >.M

anf

$

*

y

///i

i

/:#

3

P

i

S

y k

^

>.^

y

k

;>?

s

8

4

4-8-

*Ltf

t-r

P

7

T

es:

/.jK

_

JL^

^W-

i

^

i

^_p

W» F

*=?

P

cu

frp

r r

r

r

/?////?

B

j 7^

^

J)'

jbfc^.

JP0C0

<//#?

3

v^JTTJ

ffijtj 3

j>7

j>

i

h^S

J

i »J

«h

cjfLjr

p

sr

£ff

^

/?0f

legato

1

h>>

•__—

- ^ ^ r

.

. .

.

i

t—it

US

1)

The

motive

gyp

,

while

not

properly

belonging

to

tne

ineme,

almost

always

follows

on

its

heels,

although

in

another

part

from

That

having

the

theme.

2)

This

extremely

expressive

counter

-theme

may

almost

rival the

principal

theme

iu

the

importance

accorded

it

performance.

3)

Thebe

chords (the

closing

formula of

the

first

ccunter-subiect),

should

be

struck

very

solidly,

and

not

too

short.

Page 116: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 116/220

108

.

'*,'

'„-'%

*'-

wz&w

p

%

3

fefea

^t^

£

6^^

lip

pesante

_

f

z

/O

ta

J1'»hb

-StfTCtfpg

Jt

^F

JT~J.

*b7t^'

-e-

*y

i

£

j

fJ)7

7

_

7

t

Iqrgametttefz

m

m

j

pesante

~&-?ux

f

-e-

*0

4)

The

motive

of

the

episode

is

derived

from

a

free

inversion

of the theme:

§jjjji|jgjg=B=§f

g

changed

phrasing

is

accounted

for by

the fact,

that

the

short (unaccented)

final note

of

the

theme-

motive

becomes

long

(principal)

note

in

the

new

form

(+).

The

aesthetic

law

of  contrast

likewise

justifies

the

alteration.

o)

By

means

of

an

harmonic

device,

the

otherwise

interrogative

character

of the descending

second

in the

theme

be-

affirmative

here.

_

6)

If

this

step

of

a

second

were

to

be

referred

to

the

theme

consider

it

as

derived

from

the

redundant

thematic

motive

(comp. Note

l).

,

it

would have

to

be

played

as

if

Slurred.

But

Page 117: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 117/220

109

Prelude

XIX.

(Fughetta a

tre

soggetti

ed

a

tie

voci.)

re.

Allegretto

sereno

e

spiritoso.

car

r

ttr

cm

tig

Pity

R.B. It would

seem that

the

nature of this

Prelude

has hitherto not been

fully

recognized.

We regard

it as

a Fughetta.

up

in

the most

elegant style

on three

subjects,

the two

jcomparatively

slow

ones

being

treated

with

greater

free-

though

not

made subordinate

on that

account. The

exposition is complete,

for

each of

the

three

themes

appears

in

part.

The

development

-section

is

less

fully

worked

out, to

be

sure,

and-

apart

from

the

classical three-part

coun-

which

is the

basic idea

of

the

whole

number- without polyphonic arts-,

but

this

very

circumstance

stamps the

as a

Fughetta,

distinguishing

it from

the

higher

class

of

the Fugue.*

The structural

analysis

follows:

Part.

Exposition,

10

measures

+

1 modulatory measure = 11

measures.

,

p

.

fDiv. 1.

The

3 themes

in

Ft

minor.

3-meas.

Episode =

5|

(Div.2. The

theme

appears

twice in

the

tonic

=5

 

Coda.

Free

close

of

the

1st theme.

two

parts

are,

therefore, of like length.

*)

Compare,

in

Bach's

Thirty Variations in G

major.

No.

10 (in fughetta

-form),

which consists

of

only

two

develop-

without

episode

or

coda.

1)

Transposed

thus

for the

sake

of

euphony.

The

true reading would be

ffp

i

*

p

J

I

'*

2)

To

render the passage practicable, the

entrance

of

the third

subject

is anticipated

by a

16th.

(The

editor

embraces

opportunity

to

recommend a study

of the

interesting

variants

of

the

2nd and

3rd

subjects

throughout

the fughetta.)

Page 118: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 118/220

flu

ten.

V

J

.

»

^

cow

S^

^w.ssff,

ad

lib.

The

three subjects,

distinguished

in

the

text

by

Roman

numerals

for

the

sake

of clearness,

are as

follows:

In

this

connection,

compare

No.

IX

of

the

3-part

Inventions

(F

minor),

which

is very

similar

in

form,

the

theme-

in

quarter

-notes

being nearly

identical

with

the

2nd

subject

here.

3)

In

order

to

bring out

distinctly

the

two-part

character

or

the

two

themes

interwoven

here

(and lurmer

on;, a

brief

special

-side

-study

is

requisite.

Hitherto

we

have

only heard this

 a

due

passage

hammered out

thus.

fppl

To

avoid

this

 vulgar '

style,

and

at

the same

time

to

hit the

right

one,

it

is advisable to

play

the

highest

part

in

such

a

way

that

its

higher

tone

may

sound

somewhat

louder,

and

its lower

tone

somev.hat

softer,

than

he

tones

of

the inner

part.

Before

the

eighth

-rest,

a

short

breathing-space

should

intervene.

Tke

notaiion

would

be

M

follows:

Page 119: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 119/220

in

Fuga

XIX,

a 3.

Tranquillo

e

piacevole.

r§-7*

Kff

cxibly

fe^£r»- jy* v>

s—

i)

so/Zo

f0C£,

dolcemente

5

a

a

C

ii' n

j

J

i

p

j

*

rtl

sen/pre

lep/to

3

^

>

:

i~T

^T^Ff

w^

ae/i/jire

egnalmente

l) Of the coarse

 sforzato

on the

first

eighth-note

of

the

theme, given

in

most editions  true

to Czerny'\

there

is

no

trace

in

Bach.

Page 120: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 120/220

II

.

^

e

*

.

.

P

Will C/'fSi

i'

J

f

nrji

i

ifitilnu'litr

.'•..r

'

r

 

f

=±I

,

=====

=

«===

s

5

2

3

1

7

7

7

^^

2)

It

being

evidently the inner part

which

carries out

the

tigurate

counter-theme,

the

part

now

entering

must,

con-

sequently,

be the

highest

part.

It

would sound most

'un-

Bach-like if

the Alto

(which replies

in

the third

measure

thereafter)

were

to take

the

theme twioe

in

'one

breath

and

in

the

same

position.

This erroneous

idea

has

been

taken

up by

Riemann.

Page 121: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 121/220

113

2

5

y^

r^

m

j

tr

Ti

\

it'

. .

P

fa

J

e

f F

-=

£

5

3

P

g

tr-i

^~J^L^

l

jJt]

2

4

3

JfF^*

Wi

5

't

I

M

2_

I

fjf

^resc.

The

development-

section

of

the

fugue comprises

two

divisions,

one

quiet,

the

other rapid.

The

latter

may,

in

turn,

divided

into

a fore-phrase

and an after-

phrase,

the

boundaries

of

which

meet

at

this

point.

Page 122: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 122/220

••

I

4

t>

/

l

/

•)

-:

1

_>-hf?

m

,

s

.

4)

Despite

the

deceptive

minor

chord

of

the

first thT

ee eighths,

the

fundamental

key

of

A

major

already

predomi-

nates,

and

continues

from

here

to

the

close.

(A

-more

corref

1

 

thematic

entrance

would

be:

rW

).

The

Third

Part,

which

begins

here,

turns

out

to be

a

copy

of

the

SecoP

d

*n

diminution.

.With

Kroll,

allv/,,^

.l^-v..

One

has

merely

to

compare

the

soprano

in

meas.

6 and'

7

of

~ the

Third

Part

'

in

order

to

recognize

beyond

cavil

the

le-

o)

Bischoff

calls

this

G*

 rather

peculiar ,

and.

in companv

»ne

has

merely

to

c

gitimacy

of

the

G*.

in

in

diminution.

 

^

p

p

r.

With

Kroll,

allows

himself

to

be

misled

into

preferring

an

E.

[t

the Third

Part,

in

order

to

recognize

beyond

cavil

the

le-

.

M.B.

1.

This

lack

of

rhythmical

contrasts

and

rhythmic

concateP

ation, and

the

velvety

flexibility

of

the

tone-figures,

ap-

pear

strarige

in

solid,

angular

Bach.

For

once

the performer

mf

ed

not

hesitate

to

display

the

 femininity

in

his

art.

M.

B.

2.

The

editor

considers

the

thematic

affinity

of

the

Prelude

;s

and

Fugues in

A

major,

in

Vol. I

and

Vol. IT,

worthy

M.d.

i.

Ln.e

editor

considers

the

thematic

affinity

of

remark.

Compare

the

following:

Prelude

in

Vo

l.1.

Fugue

in

Vol.

I

Fugue

in Vol.

II.

u.

Prelude

in

Vol.11.

Page 123: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 123/220

115

Prelude

XX.

Allegro

(impetuoso.)

with

sweeping

impetuosity.

staccatiss

^^i-

:-fr;tff

,

5

J./^-

~>^y 8

8

8

4

8

B

F^B

j

gP

»

F

C2)

5

2

@I

^^

8

4t a :i 2

I

m

I

£:

ii5

The

following

notation would lend a

stronger

movement

to

phrasing:

Pi

^prr

l.

'

l

a

&u\i

uti*

Page 124: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 124/220

..

*

-

f

*

»

a

...

d)

t y

*

^*

#

*

*

«

*

•_

^

***

p

m

-*

*

<r

^

« *

/.

§S

'^

Bi

a

5

ty

1

rg»»g»»f

=;

v- J.

rtfri

r,

n

f

r^

Lf

tia

yi i

f

j

j

m

f

pfm

i

f

T

I

-f

*-

C-l-J

^

>

#^

^r^~~

2)

Ine editor

employs

the following

thematico

-symmetrical

form:

3)

The

thematic

E in

the tenor

should

be emphasized,

for

which

reason

it

is

doubled.

Otherwise

^jjfe

Pttpr

 in

etter

jp

a

would

sound

Page 125: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 125/220

117

I

Fuga XX,

a

4.

Moderato

deciso,

con fermezza e

#ravita.

I.

Exposition.

E

n

on

legate-

*^4

anss

=#^

h

JTflJ

9S

w-

1

Jj{j

J

j

tj

g

i

JTjirJ

^

mi

#

S

5

*

#0#

legato

jctj

3

-ffla

n-^rr?

ranEQp

^

5

5

1/4

Inversion.

m

mm

fy

r

V;

n*

a

which

runs

through the

stress

should

be

laid

on the

first motive

in

the counter -theme:

fugue.

is

an enriched form

of the minor scale

which appears

here in

the

alto

part.

It

might

be

(ailed

the '-harmo-

-melodic , or

 combined

minor

scale.

Its

peculiarity resides in

the

employment

of

both

sixths,

minor

and

major:

M

j_j

=^|±-|

Jr.ii|

There

is

a

wealth

in practical harmony,

which

the meagre formula? oi

the

theorists

cannot con-

For

example,

the

scale

~m

i

\

=

j

J J

J

|

|

J

J

11

really exists (only

rerall the everyday

harmonic

formula

:

but

in

the text -books it

is

nowhere mentioned.

Page 126: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 126/220

11H

JTJT,

:*

$

IIP Stretto.

in

direct

motion

9

*

J

_

I

j>ft

p

s~n

rj

r

•pnolto misurato

I

ran

u

p

A

<S>

Page 127: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 127/220

119

4

5 4

5

±—.

JTOr^

*

^

fs^

1-

2

1

2

m

,,/?

jga

o

m

m

l

-s

4

a-

1

i

^

H^

5

?

 

4

5

2

1

6

4

2

5

Page 128: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 128/220

I

./•

,

m

m

*

m

m

~

»

9

m w

m

m

»T

 

3=

U'l

B

*^

'»•

.h

>-m

^PC£

£fw

t

\

i

i

^

-

:

*

*

i

*

*

j

±

n

i

?H

-

r

i

i

i

a

3

2

3 1

a

I

2

3

i

t

l

7

a

5T1«H

I

2

4

4

6

Z7£

Stret

to.

in

contrary

motion.

3

4

5

4

1

2

_

g

4

^

1

b^j ]

3

2

5

i

tr

£J *p

£*

•-#

i

m

*

TZS

^J&J

7

=5^

^jjL5

. 7°

§

2

3

4

ten.

5

ii

f

IS

WAS

run

j]

i

j*

s

3

i 2

J

ffiff

^

P

Page 129: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 129/220

121

///.

Closest

stretto.

*

*

T

i.

i

i

u

/U£fU

$l

j

J

3>

sotto

voce,

poco

a

poco

cresc.

fino

alia

Coda

3)The

stretto

beginning

here

really

shows

a contrapuntal

intmsification,

inasmuch

as the

imitation

in

the

Second

contains,

at

the

same

time,

the

Dominant answer

to

the

first

(canon

at

the

twelfth),

and

also

because

the

next

between

soprano

and

alto

(in

the

inversion)

enters

before

the

former

one

is

finished.

Page 130: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 130/220

t

-y

X=E

9

m

v

'

t

ten.

i

*&^

ten.

bJn

is

•^-^

^.^

r-

u

'-

a=

ag

f-^-

^

*

-<

•-

t?

j3^

V

^

¥=$

3

m

JT

W

-

tP^I

4

-

l

4

8 3

^w

i j

7

r

f

 'py

per

r

f

Page 131: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 131/220

Modern

rendering of

the

organ-

point:

Piu

largo.

^SWM

1

^

^^^

4)

Fermata:

5)

Stretti

between bass

and tenor in contrary motion then

between

soprano

and

ai-

to

in direct motion.

The

organ -point

is

treated

like

a

free

pedal

-part.

Page 132: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 132/220

m

Prelude

XXI.

Toccata

l

n\

\

1

1 1

g

ri»

Volant

r.

 .

Bi

4

'

L

:

.

ffl..

S.

S

:

.

 

Ira

«;,

»;; *'

W^ig^

W3

f

~w

~W W

^f ^f

*

w'w

-•

I

?4/4

con

peddle:

r (f^

m

p

senza

pedal

e.

( oss

ia

con

Fed:

r

24

S

/?

senza

pedale.

[till

figure

grvefl

.1

foundation

.for

exercises

in

wide

leaps. At

Bach's

time, leaps were

regarded

as feats of

brn-

ira,

for

Instance,

prominent

feature in

the

Scarlatti

technic.

We recommend

the

study of a

few of

this

-

fct&fl

in

connection

with

the

following

variants:

tktto

staccato

Me

as. 3.

1

1

L

,

j ft

I

6

r

r

I—

I I

 I

.

-

I

g

i?

T

2-^

j

j4

-J

4

I

4—

==

 

4

—:

=~

==

-J

r

4

r

E_Z

:

>y>

j

j

=

^j

j

j

_l

j

=

=

=

=

=

=

=5

==

=j=

jyj

B

J J

Jd J

 

~

J

J J

J JJ

JJ II

JJ

:

C)2

_^_

I

_

*

_

_^

^

f p

:

u.

s.w.

m^U^U*^J

etc

-

have

repeatedly

employed

this

mode

of

notation

(which

divides

the figures

into

anticipating and

after- striking

for

both

hands

alternately),

e.

g.,

in

the

variations

to

the

Preludes

in

C minor,

C«, and

the

Fugue

in G._

Liszt

gave

this

style

of

technique

a

novel

tone,

by

an

intended

imitation

of the

cymbals, it has

taken

on

a

modern

sound-

so

much, so,

indeed,

that it

might

seem

a

mistake

to

bring

it

up

in

connection with Bach.

Its

however,

is

earlier,

as it

goes

back

to Bach,

and

has

its

root

in

the

clavichord

with

double

manual. In com-

Page 133: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 133/220

125

i

isiipj

\

U

L;

U

^

t-l,

O)

u

1*0

r#JH#

fl

<

/>/#

cresc.

^

fe±

B

cwa

fermezza

positions

written by

Bach for

that

instrument,

passages

of this kind are to

be found.

Although

we

no Fonger have

a

double

manual,

we

have

learned

to

play

such

passages on

a single

one.

The

following

examples, from

Bach's  BO Va-

riations ,

are

adduced

in

proof

of

the above.

the

cross

-fingerings

peculiar

to

the

notation for

double

manual, can (with

slight alterations)

.he

executed

on

pianos-,

any

lacV of

smoothness

whieh

may

be

noticeable,

is

attributable

to

a

want

of

practice

in

this

style.

Do

neglect to

try

the

master's

 80

Variations (in

G),

which

have

a

strong

leaning

to

this technic-,

they

broaden the

and

technical

faculties.

Page 134: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 134/220

i^i

 

'wr-^..-...»

i

+

*

*

J

4

*

4,

r-

/

/.//.

^tfs

ti

5&

*

a/for

Forkel:

Za:

art

f

t^Tr

_.rf

rrr

8*

<Sa

^

%a

*

or.-

1

3

5

1

3

4

1

3

1

24

j

egg

«IW]M.H?l

Execution

or.-

r

N.B.

From

its

display

of

virtuosity,

we

call

this

number

a

 Toccata .

But even virtuoso -pieces

(in

the

Bach

sense)

are

to

be taken

seriously. This

one

should

be

Interpreted

 playfully ,

yet

not

 frivolously. .

Page 135: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 135/220

127

Study.

Technical

Variants

to

Praeludium

XXI.

Moderato

vivace.

Lr^-i

j-^

r^, r^~.=H

LJt

J

.

-}

J

i

^

1

L^

4

j

r

i

<

i

1

f

-J

L^

I

Page 136: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 136/220

-

v-^fr

^

s-

Page 137: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 137/220

129

nicht

iteft

B.

Broken

chords

wider

than

the

octave,

played

without

turning

the

thumb

under,

require

a

continuously

fixed

po-

of

the fingers,

a

flexible

wrist,

and

lightness of

touch

(which

naturally

increases

with

the

swiftness

of

the mo-

and

must

not

degenerate

into

feebleness

of

tone).

As

a

preliminary

and

companion

-study to

the

above,

the

editor

proposes

the

figures

below,

or

similar

ones,

in

va-

transpositions:

Moderato

Allegrissimo

.

^

1

>n

 

TTT-x

si?nile

r

.

fPfPl

,

8

8

1

d.

i

i

6

S

I

\>M.

TF

* *

^*1

h t

1

*

:

m

--

n

«P

-d

Pih

lento

e.

464

2

1

As the climax

of

this

style of

study

may

be

mentioned

Chopin's

fitude op. 10.

No.

11

(which we

recommend

to

in

ascending

and

descending

broken

chords),

and

Liszt's

 Vision .

Page 138: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 138/220

ISO

I

XXI.

a

3.

vil«

_r«tf<>

tempi

ice.

I

a

h

N.B.

This

Fugue

employs,

strictly

and

exclusively,

the,

and

its

two

counter-subjects:

no other

motive-ma-

is

used,

even

transiently.

Here

the

 development

simply

the

continuous

contrapuntal

inversion

of

three

subjects.

From

the

last

measures

of

the

theme,

are

elaborated

which

fill

out the

episodes;

se-

of

sequences,

forming

the

counterpoint

to

the

above,

spring

from

the

inversion

of the

first

measure

of the

Only

the

last

five

beats

(the

closing

cadence)

of

Fugue

are

free.

Theme.

Counter-siibj.

I.

Cwnter-subj.II.

(from

here

on

dep-ndent

on

rh>

iheme.)

Page 139: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 139/220

5

4 3

4

g

3

12

1

§

1

S&sgSSLM

(facilitated)

This

number

retains

throughout

an easygoing

eh.

racier,

without

intellectual

elevation or depth,

and

still

without

shallow;

its

form

displays

smoothness

and

rouuduei

l)

This

and

the

following

entrance

of the theme

_ dux

and

cornea

transposed

to

the

subdominant

_

belong

together;

regard

them

as the

opening

of the

Third

Part

of

the

Fugue.

Page 140: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 140/220

in;:

Prelude xxn.

V

minute m

i^t

i

«

>

.

limt'Hto

( doco

crescendo)

H.

B.

Both

the

Prelude

and the

Fugue

are

in the

lofty

vein

of

those

in C

8

minor

and

E > minor.

While the

'Ct

minor

Fugue

awakens

the

conception

of a

mighty

cathedral, the

two

numbers

in

B\>

minor mav be

likened

to

artistically

wrought

side-

chapels_

vaults

in

which

things

most

precious

are

kept.

In

the

Prelude,

we

note

particularly

the

perfection

of

form;

nor

can

we

refrain

from

giving

an outline

of

the

salient

points.

The

theme

in

soprano

ascends

stepwise

over

an

organ-point,

and

is

freely

imitated

by

the

bass

in

meas.

3

and

4.

An

episode

of

2^

measures

leads

back

again,

so

to

speak, to the

beginning.

The

soprano

resumes

the

tlieme.

but

this

time

descending

stepwise,

and

modulating-,

in

meas.

K) it

is imitated

by

the alto (as before

by

tlie

nass).

Meas.

12

closes

the

First

Part

in the

dominant

kev.

the again

ascending

theme

in

tfct

alto

beimy in

Page 141: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 141/220

133

or:

(execution)

aiimeiitando,

ma

sempre

soslemUo.

rjj.

4

6

5

5

9&

#

te

#

<//

nuovo cresr

shrgando

What

now

follows

.is,

in

a

certain sense,

a development

with

the motives

of

the theme;

it

continues

through

easures,

reaching

1

its

climax exactly in

the middle

of

the

fourth. From

that

point

the line

again

falls,

and

is

before

an

organ-point

on

F,

upon

which the theme

for

the last

time

begins to

ascend.

Fermata,

resolu-

and

coda

are

most

intimately

related

with

the

GK

minor

Prelude.-

It is

the

extremely

difficult

task

of

the

to

hit

the

golden

mean between severity

and

resignation

in

expression,

and to

invest

this

latter

with

the

of

an

immaterial

tone-color.

Page 142: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 142/220

i:ii

\'XII.

a

5.

Viuiuutr

pcnsoso

r

sostonutOt

1

^r?^

«?

*

1

Thi>

Fugue

is

related,

not

only spiritually

but

also

tliematically,

to the

one

In

E >

minor.

The

resemblance

be-

tween

the

themes is so evident, that- possibly for

that

very

reason—

the

commentators

do

not

specially

mention

if.

j-

n-

1 1

1

j

ugue in

E\> minor:

Fugue

in

R >

minor:

(transposed for comparison;

3=BC

Our

theme

also

lias a

certain

relation

to that in

the

C*

minor

Fugue:

*^fyfy

 ~

i

|J

blended

together

in a

double-

fugue,

without

much

difficulty:

j

I o

(stretto)

these

two might

be

2)

As

regards

the

melody,

the

four

next- following

quarter-notes

doubtless

belong

to

the

theme;

contrapuntally

con

-

-ldernd.

they

are

of

subordinate

rank,

though the

chief

feature

of this

 after-theme

_ the

quarter-note

movement,

iescendiug

at

first,

and

then

ascending-

is

retained

nearly

throughout.

the

above

distribution

on

three

staves,

it

would

be

impossible

to

exhibit

distinctly

the early

and

ob-

late

crossing

between

alto

and

tenor;

by

this

means,

too,

the

inner parts

are rendered

easily

distinguishable,

wVreas,

i

.

all

former

editions

and

analyses,

their

limits were

more

or less

indefinite.

Page 143: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 143/220

135

in

3E

^

5

8

(

ten.

a

mm

ten.

2'2

*

2

2^-^

te=

XI

O-

-O-

 *l

w

«

ten.

Pi

2,

3

feS

(4

4)

f

^^y

)

4

(4)

5,

4

H

2^~Z

If

2,

1

2

1

^j£

'4

3 4

~

JT,

1

,,

1

,

1

'

i

LL

2 i

— a

I®*

-tv

-O

or.-

*#*

4

'5

*

S-

dolce

6*

a

fe

r?

^2

ll

'2

I

»>

i^ii.jjj7

A

</o/re

S?

i

*

rf$T^ r^ ^

5

1_

I

FIT

3

2

zz

o-

trnuto

assai

2

3

f4)

-o-

'2)

4^-

^

r?

s

4

fn^S*

M

'3

4

l.H.

B.I

6

I

5

iiii feUiJ

£

5

XI.

S

1-^.

XX

I

O

-o-

-o-

ppf

¥

#5

fe

g

MSB

*

*

4)5.

'2

1

M^Z*

ffi

i

|

»

pfyrm.

1

*

:

3

ra

M

JJ>

H

^

5

4

^

I

3

4

^W

(1

1)

1

2

1

i

5

*

J:

i

PP1

*-C

 »^

ft

8

4)

^

zz:

B.II.

i

a

2

4

4

~

2

I

_

*+=p

HP

O-

p

r

;

I

m

^HP

g-^

fe

r.H.

1.

2

as

3

3

3*

2

TO

£

n

^

S

I

i

7^

F^-#

^?oco

crescendo

crirr

1

a

Hr#

s

4

'l

This

Efe

in

the

tenor

is

to

be

held

4

beats, on

account

of the corresponding

note

in

the

soprano.

Page 144: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 144/220

B

II

i

4

.

t

1} V

f

$

3

r.

H.

§

F^f

r

fci=i

ii

i)

«

»j

*=*

//////.

-w

IT

rt7w.

B.I._

v

#^

»vy

l

'-

'-

1

i

jLfat

k-

7T

5

I7TT

:

^

-©-

rr

.II.)

i

F »

t*=.

£

*

P

=p=

.?.:•

*=i

^=^

^

i

^S

#

1

-#

1

W

Tfl^

i

ffit-

I

1.

1

2_

s ^

a*

f

tt

te».

/fc//.

^

ISC

£

s

p

r^

/

331

i

§i

r

cresc.

3X

^^

ZEE

crescr^—

»-

Page 145: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 145/220

187

Soprano.

Alto.

Tenor.

°f

the

Bass

I.

stretto.

Bass II.

^

^

w

i

>

J

J

i,J

i

J

dJ

J

.

Li

j

>

sp

r

i

r

r

S

ap

i

-

J

^^

r

r

i

'r

r

r

(Hoffmeister)

Variant

I.

(Scbwenke

Variant

H.

$

tVi

7

J

i

r-

i

te

1

8

y

i

#fe

te«.

pivfe

80fttenuto

P5^

r

t

r

r

2

3

 

3

5)

rtN

-o-

XT

This C has

to

be

struck

again,

because

of

the reentry

of

the

part

upon it.

The

exposition

and

its

 postlude

end

with the

24th

measure,

in

the relative key.

The development-section

consists of

two

long

and

symmetrically

formed divisions,

each containing, in

its

first

a.

development

of

the

theme,

and,

in

its

second

half, a

single

entrance

of the

theme

followed

by

a

somewhat

episode.

The

second

division

of

the

development-section

is an intensified copy of

the

first,

the

develop-

(first

half)

being enriched

by

two

stretti,

while

the single theme-entrance

(second half

)

appears

in

two

parts

and

the

following

episode

is

written

in

four

parts

instead of

three.

In the

Third

Part,

a

certain

lack

of

breath

is

fully

made

up

for by

profundity

(the

extremely

dose

5-part

Page 146: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 146/220

13N

Prelude

XXIII.

\

H

\

ii

«1 it

u

T

i

BO

id i 1

1

led

ia

J

J

«

J

J

^

:

$S»

f=f=r

_u

it

u

m

£

*

5

3

I

J

J

J

fa.

*=£

1

^

ft.

-A.

'

i

  =

-_._^

=

31

 5_3

MB.

This

might

WeD

be

termed

a  Study

in Tone

and

Mood .

In

the first

respect,

the

player

should

strive

to

deve-

a

tender

touch,

taking

the

tones of

the

soft

wood-wind

far

his

model, and

thus

enveloping

the

tone-weft

in

a

half-light._ Do

not

disturb

the

unity

of

mood

by

a

 forcedly

musical

emphasizing

of

the

imitations,

which

Qftly

• subordinate

rvW

here.

Page 147: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 147/220

130

&m

5

3

8

13 4

5

XV

?

ll

'2

S3

¥

I

4^

B

i

m

i

-4

8:

-e

t-

f

u

7

rai

rt

^0^0

cresc.

W=¥

m

Sx

3 2

1

1^

J^TJll

?

5l

f

2 3

12

r=^

*=f

n\

X

T

<y

Page 148: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 148/220

HO

Puga

XXIII

a

1

POC

-

Vmiuntr

.

•/V;.i'

 _j_'T

rjT

tfj

^

«*

3 4

:

'*

=

PF^

I

4R

Prelude

and

Fti^ue

haw

at

bottom

one

and

the

same

theme:

Page 149: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 149/220

141

^E

^jf

t- r

^

*m

J7JT3

J^

Se

«

?

Execution:

'

poco

l

nnarc.

jl

J)

f

4345

1

8 *

Li,,

rffl

JTn

htb

rp

 6

3

1

2~

I

fr^7^Y?

J

^

1

f r

p

marc.

L

J?^-J^

34

S^

i

2

r—

S4S3

1

2

2

3

4

6

8

4

4

2)

The

position

of the

theme

answers

here

to

the

subdominaut

key; but its harmony

is

that

of

Ct

minor.

Page 150: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 150/220

^

* ••

3) Here,

as at the close of

the At Fugue,

the

editor

hears

an

 inner

part

sounding- through

the harmony

of

last

three

measures,

and

lending

it

the

character

of

a

stretto:

The idea

might

be

written

out

as follows:

P^\^

\

SS^

m

?

jnj

j3

J&2a

ta

3M

¥

m

s=

-0_

B.

The

exposition

closes

together

with

the

theme

in

the

fourth

part. The

Second

Part

is undeniably

spiritless

slow,

and

of

peculiar

stiffness

in the

partial

symmetry

of

its

construction.

Ail

episode

of

2«/

2

measures,

closed

by

an

isolated

entrance

of

the

theme,

appears three

times

in

the course

of

development,

the

second

time

(directly

after

the

first)

in

contrapuntal

inversion

and transposed

into

the do-

key,

and

the

third

time

in

the

subdominant

key

(here

extended

to three

measures,

and

without the

theme-

Between

episodes

1

and

2

a

complete

development

of

the

theme

is

interposed:

Soprano and

alto in

contrary

bass

and

tenor

in

similar

motion.

The

Third

Part

represents

a

third

(but

incomplete)

development

(in

this

connection

compare Note

8).

Page 151: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 151/220

148

Prelude

XXIV.

^

Andante

(religiose)

m.

1) The

Tempo-mark

(Andante),

and likewise

the

double-bar

at the close

of

the

First

Part,

are

by

Bach's

own

hand;

are,

unfortunately,

the first

and sole

directions

by

the

master

himself.

B.

This

.magnificent piece

(which

is, by

the

way,

a

classic

specimen

of

double counterpoint

over

a

basso

continilb)

a

worthy

close to the

wonderful

Third Series of

Preludes.-

Actuated

by

the earnest

desire to reveal the

still

half-hidden,

beauties

of this work

to

wider

appreciation,

and

seeking

after

an

attractive foijm in whidi to

them

to

the

public

the

editor

begs

to offer the

suggestion,

that

selections from

among

these

Preludes might

variously

grouped

together

to

form

short

Suites, which

could

be

employed with

good

effect as

concert

-numbers,

by

players

of

medium

ability.

The following series

of four

Preludes

(only

one example

among

many)

strikes

as

peculiarly

adapted

to

this purpose:

Prelude

in B major,

as

the

 Prelude -,

Prelude

in

A

major,

as

the

 Fughetta ^

Prelude

in

H minor, as

the

'•Andante ;

Prelude

in

R\>

major, as the

 Toccata

(Finale).

All

these

numbers,

to be sure,

would have

to

be

set

in

the

same

key,

for

the

sake

of

proper

connection-

the

first,

say,

transposed

to

Bk

an

aesthetic

transgression

over

which-

presumably- a

very

unae6thetic uproar

be

raised.

This

Prelude

affords

an

excellent

study

in legato

octave-playing

by

merely

doubling

the

bass

part

in

the

lower

throughout.

Page 152: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 152/220

11

k--'

L.^/t-rnvj

2)

'

r r-frtrr

5t

trr*?

^

±

Or

J

J

J^

r

r

 ffSS£P^

i>

r

;

/wi

pieno,

espress.

m

rfm

g

p

Si

^

s

j=^

p

S

HJ-+

m=

2)

In

tliis

measure we

find

repeated

the

motive

of

the episodes

in

the

Fugue;

note

for

note

in

the

higher

parts,

varied

in

the

bass.

This

is

not

the

sole

point

of

resemblance

to

the

Fugue;

compare

Note

8.

Page 153: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 153/220

145

cresc.

5

m

^m

pik

cresc.

sempre

largamente

^^

poco\

fa

^

gg

y

y«tf

/<?/?/#

Both

in

the

syncopated

motive, and

in

the

eighth-note

figure in

the

soprano

(meas.

before the

last),

we perceive

of

the

following

fugue-

the

 shadow*

cast

before

by

the

approaching

fugue-theme.

In

the

Prelude.

In the

Fugue

In

the

Prelude.

a

In

the

Fugue.

ip

r

lk

ijJi_J

Intentional or

not

(and,

if

unintentional,

the

more

characteristic

of

Bach's

genius),

this

thematic

premonition

one

of

the

most

aesthetically

justified

transitions

with

which

we

are

acquainted.

The

chromatic

bass,

a

of

the

original

movement

in

quarter-notes, is,

both

harmonically

and

contrapuntally,

of

extreme

beauty.

it

in

somewhat

retarded

tempo,

and

with

expressive

phrasing,

so that

each

harmonic

detail

may

be Intel)

i

-

to

the listener.

Page 154: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 154/220

\46

Fuga

XXIV.

a

4.

1..,

VihIiiii .

uniM'

••

-iilt'iiiic.

.

Vhl

 

ti

ftU

«p

i

r*

r

or

at d

Sihnrllrr'\

OT35

f

~

-i.^

,rf

 

:

'

§

r

»r

r

^

^

^

W

rlr

r~tJ£F

31

gin

£

mark

•Larro

is

by Bach

himself,

who also

wrote the

whole

Fugue

In

 C (common

time)

In

the

editor's experience,

the

oft-recurring figures

in

16th-notes

induce

the

effect,

through

the

eye,

of

an

allegro

time

tempting

the player to

undue

rapidity.

Our

notation

shows

more

clearly

the

grave,

ponderous

element

by

Bach,

and promotes

adherence

to a

steady,

solemnly

measured

movement-

The

short

slurs,

trochaic

arc

also

by

Bach's

hand.

Who

is not

reminded

here

of

the

Fugue

on

B-A-C-H?

ffjFfrh

KB.

The

relationship to

the B-A-C-H

motive is no merely

superficial

one, but

of

a

close

harmonic

description,

W ia

by

a

few

experiments

with

the

themes;

e.

g.:

2

D

) The

 Bach

1

motive, employed

as

a

counter-subject, occurs

in

the

present Fugue,

at the beginning of the

Third

Part,

in a

form

in

closest

affinity to

that

of

our example

b):

Tenor.

SopranO;

8)

The

obblignto

codetta

of

the

first

counter-subject

might

j&&

be

elevated

to

the importance

of a second theme:

«

Page 155: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 155/220

147

I

1

-»-

F*

J7l

J

J

SI

in:

~cr

5g^

m

i

r.H.

<&

r-

plt

xTEi

*a^t

B

£

31

f

i

^f

delivato

zart

i

irm

-o-

i

*f=^

?

«-

*

»

h

^J

*

4)

^j\^_ji

^4

E

-ffl

^

¥fe

i

i

te

ii

i^lF

1

I

i

i

S

m

i

P

*r^r

•j

i

fhp

?

tod

m

ijj

«n

§

t

m~i:

^.

J^

rJ

^

=*

x*.

*L

^

¥

^

h

*fl

J

d

j

O)

m

(i

4)

5

2

I

-^-

m

m

f=fp

*

-r^r

r^LCXJ

-^

~et

Jtartta:

^XT^LLCP

^^

1

Page 156: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 156/220

MM

•r

ffiirrr

rr

Ad

^

Alto.

f^

#f^

rTT

r

r

r

rr

r

r

r

'r-

'ptJXrcttf

rbese

oft-repeated

episodic

sequences

would

be of

too slight

importance,

and,

above

all,

would

be

too

loosely

to

the

principal divisions

of the

Fugue,

if

they

were

not

regarded

as

ornamental

presentations

of a

the-

conception.

They

might

be

compared with

the

architectural leaf-ornamentation,

from

which,

on

closer

in

all

kinds of

oddly

contorted

figures

of men

and

animals

peep

out.

Interpretation

J=J

_^

Free

Bass

Page 157: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 157/220

149

»^n

r

r

r

r

r

i^

H*

*&*

WW

Jpjfr^

*

|

„^

r y

ffr^fr,^

1

I

r*^r'

*

j

poco

cresc.

j

r

J

I

y

r

i

i

fc>

I

„J

J

gte

jmiM

li

marcato

6) In

more

extended

fugues

(which

are

not

invariably

the

most

artistic

ones),

it

is one

of

Bath's

peculiarities.

not

to

say

 mannerisms -

to

repeat

entire

episodic

periods

transposed to

the

dominant,

and

thus

to

introduce b

certain

symmetrical

order

into

the

contrapuntal

undulation.

Such

is

the

case

here.

Page 158: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 158/220

*

>*;

.•».. •

«•

*

£tcflfFrrrfrr

=

^I|U^ |Tl

L

L

r

I?

y

_J

^

j^

?

^

ii

r^

jtoi

h

jrnjjTi

j

mJS

/cv/.

^^§

?

2

4

fern,

i

I

b

*

B.

i

&

-^l

^rr

Vte

f

£

^

^

^

»

a

j—

jto

Hz

»

2

j

Ju

^P

E^eip

£

4

&

4

ftr^

LSI

2

3

3

3

i

P

5

d=±

^e-

^*

i

XT

2

ip

J

^J

n

t

2^3

,

12 jJi

ESQ]

l2l

2'

1

4

-©-

-t^

^

m*te

f=rt?

^g

=P

>r

I

1

2

i

*

i

^

a^frrd^

i

ti

i-j

iu

£*t±

%mm

^

j.t^

i±j

^

^

^

B3

_

2_2

i

3X

2

«-

^J^ffl

ttrf'Cjtrfefa^

Page 159: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 159/220

151

mma^MM

8

1

2

i

84

8

4

1 4

ob)

2

2

**

>

*c=

*

1

 r

r

f r

(M-

1

'iAA

mm

4

^

>tr«r

I

^

^

E

^^

IP

2

2

*

^

|J

J

J

7)

m

5

Spl

*

jp4n

ten.

molto

«-

A

j

j

jv

j

ji

j

y

t

j

j

j

j—

j

a

J

'

tf

i

I

P

W

*

>r

Tire

harrnonico-melodic

quintessence

of

this

measure

and the

next

may

be

reduced

to

the

following:

form:

^ji

j

m

r,

j

\

J

i

y

i

i

Compare

herewith

the Coda

of

the Prelude,

and

the.

Note

appended

thereto.

Page 160: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 160/220

i'i

i

It

tvijj

ft;-i7Frf

allarxando

fn

r

firirf)

(freie Stimme)

rs

#

jit

fir--

taken

up by

the

alto,

and

continued by the soprano on

the

third

and

fourth

quarters of the

I

I

ma}

t>H

Imagined

as

sounding

on

to the

close:

NKHAi.

sw.w

OF

THE

FORM.

The barmoni<

basis

of

the theme

Is

simpler

than appears

at first glance. On

laying

bare its

sinews,

so

to

E minor.

Ft

minor.

k.

it t.ik-x

on the

following

appearance:

If,

ee

it

were,

the

answer

to

the

first.

Observe

that meas. 8

Part.

Bxpoeitlon:

Alto.

Tenor.

Bass, Soprano= 10 measures

(ends

with unresolved

semicadence).

IMv.

l.

1st

Episode

(v.

Note

5)

Theme-

entrance

of

Alto

=

7

measures.

Imitative modulatory transition

=

2

measures,

v'nd

Episode

(v.

Note

6)

Theme

-entrance

of Tenor

=

7

measures.

Imitative modulatory

transition

=

1

measure.

Div.

2.

Imit.

w.

fragment

of

theme

betw.

A.

and S.,

imitative

mertulatory

transition,

theme-entrance

in Bass

=

7

measures.

Imit.

w.

fragment

of

them*

betw.

S.,

A.

and

B.,

entrance

of

T.

(dux,

D

major),

answer

by

the

B. (comes,

A

major)

=

9Vo

measures.

Div.

8.

Imitat

modul.

transition

extended

to

a

8-measure episode.

Theme-entrance

of

T., transition. Theme-entr.

of B. (end in

tonic)

=

10 meas.

Part.

|

Div.

1.

Theme

in

Tenor

(B

minor),

8rd

Episode

(like

Ep.

1 and

2=Sp.)

= 8V2

meas.

(Div.

^'.

Fragm.

of

theme

in T..

theme

in B.'(from

E min.

to B min.), Theme

in

A.

=

8

meas.

We

distinguish

two

kinds

of

episodes,

differing from each-other

in

construction

and motives.

The

first kind (classified

as

Episodes

1,

2

and

8)

is

the

more

important;

it has been

analyzed in

detail

in

o

and

6.

The

second

kind,

which

we

term, for

the

sake

of

distinction,

 imitative

modulatory transitions ,

is

derived

the

closing arabesque

in

the

first

counter-subject

J

E3

>

¥

CJ

| |

f

Of

I

°

^,

a

motive

usually developed

three

or

four

parts.

Finally,

we

mention

a third (subordinate)

kind

of

episode-motive

ft

P

j

jjj

r

 ^f

|

 

'

I

(a continuation

of

the

counter-

subject),

which

occurs

in

the

exposition,

and

at

the beginning

of

the development-

section, in

com-

with

the motive

of the

second kind,

then

disappearing

almost entirely.

It

is very

interesting to

trace

the

harmonic

weft

of

this

fugue, with

its

remarkable

display of

 magni

-

disregard'

1

typical

of

the

genus.

*)

Notice, besides, the

features

common

to

this

first

episode

(meas.

7

and

8)

and

the

episode

in

measures

6

9 of

the B^

minor

Fugue.

Page 161: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 161/220

158

Supplement.

Bach,

in his

character

of

a

harmonist,

is

likewise

a transcendental

ohromaticist;

when

he

employs

chromatic

in

his

passages,

it

is

almost

always

(if

not

invariably)

harmonic in complexion;

e.

g,

in

the

Coda

of

D minor

Prelude. In

Vol.

I

of

the

 Well-tempered

Clavichord

we

met with

no chromatic

figuration

of the

me-

kind,

and

consequently

had no

opportunity

to touch

upon

this

important

branch

of

pianoforte-technic.

For

completeness'

sake

(for

we

think that

nearly

every

other sort of technic has

been

mentioned)

we

shall

add a few illustrations

of chromatic

exercises.

a) With the 3

lowest

fingers.

8

a

i i

2

:<

i

;

L_L

M

1

I.

Fingering

for

Simple Chromatic

Scales,

b)

With

the

3 highest

fingers.

(Moscheles' Etude in

G.)

7

.-.

i

. .

I

(Chopin's

Etudes,

0p.10.Ni-

2.)

C)

With

the

4

lowest

fingers.

d)

With

the 4

highest

fingers.

|

8

1

3

4

«

g

8

\

e)

With

5

fingers

(fingering

suited for

very

rapid playing

in

the keys

of

B,

E

and G).

iv

VZ:

i

,jj,j

J »n

m

i

r »n

V

 3

I

5 t

4

i

fTTTTs

in

El

3

'.

5

1

*

*

«

le^sbaUsd

i^^™

8

*

fi

i

2 8

>

4

5

I

2 8

 '

r

(

Be

e'.h

oven)

etc.

II. Fingering

for

Double

Chromatic Scales.

In Major

seconds:

In thirds

(comp.

Note

1

to

Fugue

IX)

In

fourths:

The

fingering

is

similar

for

Augmented fourths,

or

diminished

fifths.

The ordinary

fingerings

for

major

and

minor

chrom.

sixths may

be

added

here:

lesraffftsimo

)

In

minor

sevenths:

|

§j

j

j

gg

'^h^ffil

^

I

III.

Chromatic

Scale in

Anticipated

and

After-striking

Notes,

played

with both

hands,

each progressing

by

major

seconds.

Simple

scales

(with

or

without

doubling

in

the

octave):

simulated

^

chords.

*5

5 /.

i

Presto.i

8

or:

l

1

'

in

simulated

sjxth-chords

In

chords;

e.

g.

Division

by

black

and white

keys:

V'fc£

P

j

ke

;

s

.

(Compare

the

second

number

of

the

Paganini-

Liszt Etudes.)

The

above

will

stimulate a

search

for

further

combinations.

11658

a

Copyright,

1897,

ky

G.

Sehirmer,

Inc.

Page 162: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 162/220

First

Appendix

to

Volume I.

iin

td,

i

eiiptlon

of

Bach'fl

Organ

vrorkH for

the

Pianoforte,

.

.

of

Bad organ

plttotti

 ii

the pianoforte

an essential tot

complete

pia-

iiould

oof

«Miiy

know

.mil

master

.til

bugo

transcriptions

: i,ti\

to

transcribe

for the

piauoforte

organ

compositions

by

will

oulj balf

know Rucb

Haitatloiib.

Profound thought

found

corresponding

breadth of

expression

only

on

rand unifying

••

l

•-

u

>

-

1

it

.

though

all h

i^

works.

The forme

In

which

it

ii

thr

r

 M

the

piano,

discover

a

difference

only

in

dimensions,

hardly

in

cba-

l

in

'

different

however, often powerful

enough

i

lend

his

musical

physio

-

r

stamp.

in

works one

finds

pieces written

rather in

piano-style,

and

again, among

the

ii tx

mli.-

1

>

in

typical

organ-style.

His

technical

manner

of

writing

is.

at

bottom,

the

samf

for

t

rumen)

from

I

fe*a

<

»

t

\

i

»

>

1

1

^

nunHceit,

among

which some pedal-passages

are the

most

prom-

uscriptious

f<»r

the pianoforte of

Bach's

organ-works,

there

can.

therefore,

he

no question

as

*

.

admlssibilit]

of bucIi

transcriptions once recognized,

however, our gain

therefrom is

very

considerable.'

ire i- augmented by the

mosl

eminent

works

belonging

to

this

branch

of

art.

So

much

for

the

artist

on the

other

baud,

la

opened a

technical

field of

the

widest

extent,

which,

following

along the

'

Well-tempered

Clavichord,'

1

permits

increased

freedom

of

movement

in

every

direction.

.

B

Ui

Llsit I [ausig

have

given

satisfactory

proofs,

that

such transcriptions

can

be

made without

sink

the

level

of

mere mutilations

<>f

their

originals.

We

desire to reinforce and

perfect

these

proofs,

and

lo

tile happy

though

1

of

the Prince

of

Pianists

with

a basis of

systematic

analysis.

*)

111

pursuing

this

aim, many an

unexpected

and

difficult

problem in

piano-technic

may

be

encountered;

the striving

after

the

right

solution

will surely

lead

to

new

pianistic

acquisitions.

*

.

Hut

difficulties

are

not

found everywhere,

The

piano

possesses certain characteristics

which

give

it

an ad-

r

the organ: Rhythmic

precision*,

emphatic

exactness

of

entrance;

greater impetuosity

and

distinct-

M in

passage-

playing;

ability

of

modulating

the

touch:

clearness

in

involved situations;

rapidity,

where

re

-

rad;**

1

i

simpler

mechanism,

always

ready,

and

everywhere

at

hand.

The

ability to

sustain

tones on

the piano

with

artistic treatment,

less

limited

than

one

would

suppose, considering the

bad

name

of

the instrument

in

regard.

The

bass tones

are

really

capable

of

great

prolongation,

and

may

be

sustained

nd

libitum

by

skil-

repeated

and

Imperceptible

finger-pressure.

Fortunately,

the

majority

of

the

Bach

organ-fugues

are

written

a

more

or

l^s

lively figurate

style;

thus

the

prolongation of tones,

the chief element of

antagonism

between

and

piano,

is

so

much

the

less in evidence.

 

• Before

attempting

the

piano-transcription

for an organ-piece,

one

ought, first of

all, to

acquaint

oneself

it-

effect

on the organ

when

played

in masterly

fashion. Listen

to

its

performance

by

some

excellent or-

Then

experiment

yourself

on

the

organ,

trying

the

different

stops ajid

their

various

combinations. Study

note

the acoustic effects

of

the

 couplers*

and

 mixtures

and

endeavor

to

Imitate

them successfully.

the

choice

of

the

position

of

the

chords,

of the

intervals

to be

doubled, and

of the

octave-transpositions,

characteristic

features for

imitating the

organ-effects

are

to^be

considered.

A

single

tone of the flute-

sounds

deceptively

like

a

real

flute;

but

play

a

polyphonic

passage with this

register, and

the entire- indi-

of

the

organ

is manifested.

 

* This

Appendix is not intended

for

a separate

volume;

which

might

easily

outvie

the

main

work in

size

and

we

must

content

ourselves

with

a

concise

presentation

of

the

principal

points,

accompanied

by

illu-

examples.

These

points

are the following*.

1.

Doublings.

2.

Registration.

3.

Additions,

Omissions,

Liberties.

4.

Use of

the

piano-pedals.

5.

Interpretation

(style

of playing).

We

have

often

mentioned

Liszt-

perhaps

not

often

enough, for

contemporary

pianism

owes

him

almost

ev-

Musical

commoners

still

delight

in decrying

modern virtuosi

as

spoilers

of

the

classics;

and

yet

Liszt

his

pupils

(Biilow,

Tausig)

have

done

things

for

spreading

a

general

understanding

for

Bach

and

Beethoven,

which

all

theoretico-practical

pedantry

seems

bungling,

and all brow-puckering cogitations

of

stiffly

solemn

unfruitful.

 It

is

an

advantage

of

the piano,

that one

can

obtain

a

greater

degree

of

rapidity

upon

it

than

upon

uuy

instrument-

c.Ph.E.B.ch.

Page 163: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 163/220

155

1.

Doublings.

I.

Simple doubling

of

the pedal-part.

°edal-

tones,

almost

without exception,

are

to

be

considered

as

8-foot

and

16-

foot stops,

i.

e.,

as

doubled

in

the

octave;

this

corresponds

to the

ordinary mode of

writing

for 'cello and

double-bass

in the

orchestra.

In

conformity

the pedal-

technio,

the

pedal-parts are

to

be

performed

in

a

bold

non legato;

a

strict

legato

would,

indeed.be

wholly

of

keeping.

a>

Quiet

movement,

sustained

throughout.

Example

1.

Pedal.

b.

Quiet movement,

interrupted

by

participation

of

1.

h.

in

manual- parts.

Organ.

frWTrrr

?r

r

H

W^

Example

2.

,

Example

3.

Sr-

g.

_p f

^p

f

O-

rxz

rr^

9t=*

±A

3E

i

A

fe

msrmffi

^m

yggj=l4

^m

m

j=

a^p

iTJ

J]jffl..T

n

=

r

facer

tor

p

rttese.

B

£

HI

g\

pa

m

r

(motto

sost

il basso)-

*yjijji

jjj^

«-

?•

<to.

•«-

<£*>.

£•<&>.

•»

^T#

^

w

iB^

SHam

£L

J

^

g

s

P3

-

br. ; r. :s. r

•na.

Fpr-

f?sy

cOT

<»*-

an

<to.

«

C.

Figurate

bass,

doubled

throughout.

Example

4.

Page 164: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 164/220

witli

»itrr looblo

ogb

ton*

(atiuuUtod

oeiavef).

i

:

|

.

.

doubling

of

enord

ngnm

Tho

Lnoonpleteneti

of the

higher*.

. . .1 l l _

•'......_»......

II.. «l...

nikka I.

.....I

i

I...

'

I

tin-

lOWOf

tOM

OOUtsini

tin-

In

I

an

 ovt-rtoiM''

*

disturbing

offot

t

On

th<-

Other

hand,

the

Example

5

A

*

: r r

r

*

r

u

r

w

Example

6.

6. Bass

accompaniment

(example

of

dividing parts

between

r.

and 1.

hand).

Example

7

Lentamente.

Organ.

e

*~tf

$

i\

a

^

^

w

jrf

JB

JB

Jfl

J

JB

JB

J

^

9HW

^

Effl

flf

iff

Ef ~#

j

S^~fcjfi=Jfl

Jlf--

'

Page 165: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 165/220

157

II.

Simple

doubling

of

the

Manual

-parts.

(The

taste

of

the

transcriber,

or

the

requirements of

the

musical

will

decide

whether

the

octave-

doubling

shall

take

place

above or

below.

The

doubling

in

the

higher

octave,

should

be

regarded

as

the

norm-imitating

a

4-

foot

stop.)

Example

8.

,

(Fa^asia^TreB

vlteme

n

t.

f

j

p__Jfl_

_Jfl

_

_JJ

P*W

£9:

jLfl

I

 

Lfi

T

UJ

 

Ld*

 

M i

EtfttfT

 

C££

g

M

Anticipation

and

after-striking

of

both hands

in

simulated

octaves.

Example

9,

i

f

m

, 1

1

m

m

'

.

^^WW^

tt

»f

)

*\z

j

^g

p

H

B

p

Also

compare

the

first 5

If

*

t

measures

of

the

E-minor Prelude

in

App.II

to Volume I.

b.

In

two

parts.

Example

10.

J3JE3-D

n.

Example

11.

^

^

m

Page 166: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 166/220

if\H

r

,n,i

....,

\rmd$

ioobUd

la

anioon

with

tht

higher;

F

iampl«

12

&&•£'£'£££'&

 &-c[rcCrCiV

--- -

 -^-^-^^

*

-

*

*

-

*

•*.»?.

U#-#^

^V^ ^^*^^

**

*•

*^

5

iifw/kiJ

*

**

-*

**

*?-*•*

m

**

m

-

m

*

m

W

* '»•--

~*

**'**

m

m

*

t

7

. ;

.*

• » »

gf^pV

ft^^^

^0^^ ^^^^

tfltf^

ttf^ r-fll^^

^^^^

m

 

**

^i

?

'

''*''.•'.*'.*'*.••*-'%.**.

-'.-%*•.

;^i

4

*

*

*

**

•?

.*

.•

.*

*-

,£•<•

.

„* „-

.- „-

^

.„-

wW

mm

V

*..***

*

*

*

*

=*s

*

*

,

*

g

^

/

/•>

{

.

-

- -'

.*

*-

»•

.-

:

^

-•

~*

w

*

*

m

*

* *

i C

*-

*-

«-

3

s

.

-.Vrrw/.-

--

doubling

of

passages

in sixths

(chords).

Example

13

\

:orte.

J

f^'

•**>'.*

*-~

*-

oforte.

\

Version,

g

-

\

rsion.

(Free

treatment

of

the intervals

.

t

'

V

a

 d neglect

of

the

organ

-tone

.)

If

possihle.

avoid

writing

octave-passages for

one

hand

alone

in

these

two-part

manual-

doublings

(more especially

the

soprano ur

inner

parts). Their

purely pianistic

character,

and the impossiblity of

obtaining

a

perfect

legato,

are

reasons

for

the

avoidance.

E

xample

14

.

^^^^^^

• -

.:

 ^™

B

^

1 et

^JSEL

,

J^7fl J

7TO

,

UAAA

Correct

rripfiom.

Page 167: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 167/220

C.

In

three

or

more

part*.

159

Example

15

^^^^^^^^B^^^^^^^^^

Example

16.

^Sixrrm

i

J.

¥

^

X

f=

P

fai^

ggpfl

^

rr

i:

fr

r

fT

4

r r

it i

i

i

i

T

'It

^m

k

£

In

many

piano

passages,

the

doubling

of

the

lowest

part

may

be

omitted.

The

first

overtone

is sufficiently promi-

to

cause

the

illusory

effect

of an

actual

octave.

In

the

following'

example,

this

method

is

especially justified

by

staccato

character

of

the

bass.

Example

17

legal

gl£^

TT^X

4—t

ITT

^^

^m

ill

jjj

jl QT3

s

^

£

J-7

u.

s.w.

etc.

f=

(the

after

-striking

a

to

the

r.

h.

represents the

doubling

of

the

inner

part)

Also compare the

3

-part

passage

towards

the close

of

the

bl

minor tngite

in

Appendix

[J

to

Vol

I.

tm

Example

18.

lUSOjJ

f

g

H

J

J

--Jr-_

*

-i r

m

m

J*

^g^

&n

if

(the

after

-striking

 a in -the

r. h. represents

the

doubling of

the

inner

Dart)

S

i

^T^

ad,

r

^£^

f

(Tausiff)

Page 168: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 168/220

jjj

,.

Pedal

-Hid

M.tnuil

parti

Seldom prootioablo

throughout

To

render

Eumplt

19

_•—

i

_

/

**

«*

:

;-.

.

****

&

c*

$'fc*

*'*

r

^

j.

J

-it

**=«

:

:

.

»«

*

b.

I'h-- Banuol-partfl

doubled In

the

higher ootave,

Example

20.

'

•«.'

m-TO

i

J

, J?3

JTJ3

J

.

.ffl-OT./

SEE*

>

^e

»--

»

f

f

2P

f

ffir

^^

r«£

i=i

3S^3ST

E

feff£

to

i

r

>

g

«

p

s^

ja^r-*-

^

3^

lLL'ri

r

j

it^rrrriTiL

t

Page 169: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 169/220

161

0.

The

manual

-parts

doubled

partly

in

the

higher, partly

in

the

lower

octave.

Example

21.

d.

In simulated

octave-doubling

throughout

Exa

mple 22.

J

i

'i±ijL£d£-

§=£

^m

^m

I

Ori

s

i

JJJ

J

Ji

j^pj

r r r

 

f

SB

J-*

-*-7

I

F

P^

8

r

w*

=#=**=

H

*

Example

23.

m

•^

§p

^^

i

IP

Si

fe

Hi§

B

I

S^^E

I^P

rn-j-

U4W-3

5

i

^

s

^u

i

SP

rii

i

:

^=

Page 170: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 170/220

,,,u

,,,

unison

pa

II

la

baiaij

praotioaDie

ctha

i

•<

be exe<

uted

In

triple octaves

<

-.v

parts );

marked

I

>

tripll

part

pa

age

. oompare Section

8

of

,

,,, ,i

h

lowei

and a

bigbei

octave to

the original

part.

In

dded

18 fool

and

82

fool

t<

|

4,

tbrougboul

Example

24.

:****

f

m

f

m

f

*

* m f

tai

I

mo.

b.

Pedal-part in

t

n

pi

OCtavee

divided

between the hands

(legato

effect).

.

Example 25.

no.

'

•>

p

3

?

V

#^J^'3

J l

^g

c.

Pedal-

pari

in

anticipating

and

after-

striking

octaves

'imitation of

pedal-technic).

Example

26.

Siigg

rurrTrirrrrr̂

Pedal.

nil

r

r .

t

£

#

M

j

1

J

Example 27

»OIM|JIC

4.1.

^^

p

Pedal.

^\

?

V

,

<•

Bk±

£

^S

r sn

nSj'

*

:

Organ

-Pedal.

Piano

.

5*

Example

28

Moderate

,

\>m

f-

m

p

m

3in

1

mi

r^§

x5

«

n=^

J

S^-'JHi

J,/

i

^P

E Si

*

t

D

P

5

5

5

£j jj

I

j;j

j

3

?

^

Page 171: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 171/220

163

(Pedal.)

IBS

Correct

Execution:

&

w

Example

29

rrn

n

m

M

*==:

Z\9

^

=i

2

1

2

5

3

*

m

More

practical

execution:

V

**

3-1^**

si*

PedaJ-examflles

b

tf//rf

c

way

also

be

transferred

to

manual

-parts,

d.

Manual-part, in

simulated

triple

octaves

(legato).

Example

30.

-M

,

m

.

m-

Example

31.

(Manuals)

Tausigs

free).

Variant

by

the

ed.

m

ifttt^m

^**&

4

6

3

1 8

»

J

^

i

p^ffEg

^=4

J

Jt

I

1

p*

s

*

£

?

r

^

I

i

(?)

1

ii

:

f r

*

*

J

Page 172: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 172/220

lfl-4

ii>

mioa

<>f

the

aoooatic

lawe

already

mentioned,

the

omia-

i hi

node

of

ii>-t.it

i.

irhiok

muel

be olaeeed

among

the

, *,.||

rapid

raoniai

|

i

Po

<i '

1

j < i

movementi

it

lend*

a

peoullai

ample

.*#'*

•'.

«

*

e^

*

fc»fe»i

.*• •<•

^' ''^

.**

*«---,

>.*S

.1

of

li

tavea

two

manual-parts

txaraple

33.

:

strike

ntifi

hold

.

Example

34.

//./

g.

Combination

of

d

and

e.

Organ

m

_

Example

35

.

(Manual)

 

^

Piano.

j

ijJffi**

*j

B

to

^fttt

r

j

S

1

^

Other

combination.-..

Example

36.

Example 37.

M

••-toso.

'N.

B.

(Pedal-by*

Page 173: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 173/220

Organ

165

i.

Attempt

at

tripling

all

parts

(not

to be

recommended).

Example

38.

rr? rfl

j^

..

V.

Doubling

of one

manual -part,

the

rest

remaining

unchanged.

Though

it

seems

best, in

general,

to

apply

any

attempted doubling

to

all

the parts equally

as

far

as

possible,

the

part

may

occasionally

be

doubled

alone,

for

the

sake

of

emphasizing

the theme.

a.

Doubled Soprano.

Example 39.

{

,

Organ

l i

ft '

I

J

'

1

5

f llr r I f

U f

 

*

^

(Manuals.)

K'->.il

Wat

Page 174: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 174/220

:

1

Ei

ample

40

.

^^

-

-

r

1

»•#

^L£

«»»

C

I

l-'tior.

Example

41.

oforte.

i

 H

rrr ^r[j

^i

^i^i

=c

^

ft

1

'

^u£r

**»»<

*'

n*

*f=

-

toC£Lr

I

hLridrl&

§B

^.JT^

vJT)]

^

i

;

>

p

r

%-

p

d. Doubled

Bass 'later

doubled

Alto.)

fflOTj^

^^

J

*

P

I

•*

P

*r

Example

42.

Ore:

an

Manuals.)

|

Mit

'

ijn

^^%

i

*

^

*

I

=a=a

f

P

6

4

.

«

te

*

vm

m

w

m

WW

m

i

>

i

7

1

f=

I

JTT^J

*

£

^^

i

fe

^^

p

ott

-l>£

S*

jrrm^ff

^

&•-

eg

^ s

J.—

#1

1

&

£=£

Page 175: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 175/220

167

2. Registration.

In

vue

registration

of

an

organ-piece

the

transcriber

should,

first

of all,

consider

the

usages of

organ- playing

the well-grounded

traditions

of

organists.

His

decision as

to

how

far

he

shall

follow

them,

and

what

shall

substituted

for

anything

he

may

reject,

constitutes

precisely

the artistic

and reflective

side of

his

task.

He

compare the

tone-

material of

the

piano with that

of

the

organ,

#nd arrive

at

a compromise between the

ef-

demanded

and

the

means

at his

disposal.

The.

fundamental

contrasts

in

the

organ-

registers

may be

thus

classified:

Simple

foundation- stops

Mutation

-stops

Flue- stops

(Flute

-work)— Reed-stops

shall

not

attempt an

enumeration

of the

intermediate gradations

and

combinations, whose

possibilities

are

well

nigh

The

transcriber should

consider

whether

darker

or

lighter,

stronger or

weaker,

milder

or sharper tone

-

effects

to be

chosen;

whether

doublings

are

to

be

employed, and, if

so, what

kind;

the

position

high- or

low,

dis-

or

close;

how the

pedals

are

to

be used; exactly

what

dynamic signs

are

needed.

He

v

should

provide

for

in his

combinations

of

doublings

and

style

of writing,

seeking

variety

and

contrast.

The fundamental

requirements

are

Organ -effect,

Observance

of

the

Organ-style,

and Playability;

these

must

adhered to

under

all

conditions.

If any

one

rule is to

be

observed (it

is

not the

editor's

intention to

pose

as a

law-

giver),

let

it

be

this:

To

from doublings

in

the

Exposition of

the fugue,

and

likewise

generally

in

the

Episodes, and gradually

to

the

dynamic

effects towards the

close.

By

this

means

will

be

realized

that continuous

intensification

which

in '-mural

in

the

editor's

opinion

suited to

this

species

of

composition.

The change

of registers

the

increase

and

decrease

in

fullness

should take place in

sharply

marked grada-

abruptly

( in

terrace -form ),

without

petty dynamic transitions;

this style

reproduces one

of

the most

cha-

peculiarities

of the

organ.

In

this

style

of

playing

— the

art

of

pianoforte -touch—

is

found an important adjunct

to

the registration.

Com-

Section o

of

this

Appendix.

Were

we

to

attempt,

by

the

aid

of

quotations

from

Bach,

to

give

illustrations

of

all

classes

of registration, the

would be either

incomplete,

or

excessive

in

detail.* We have,

therefore constructed

one specimen-

example,

in

a number of

possible

shadings can be

displayed.

These

latter are

tabulated by themselves.

The

editor,

in his

transcriptions

of the

Preludes and

Fugues

in

D,

E|>,

and E

minor, has

devoted

much

care

the

registration,

and

begs

to

call

attention to

them

as

a

series

of

examples

in

point. His

piano

-transcription

Bach's

Chaconne

for

violin

may

also be

added

to

this

series,

inasmuch as

the editor

has,

in

both

cases,

treated

tonal

effects

from the

standpoint of organ -tone. This

procedure,

which

has been variously attacked,

was

justi-

firstly,

by

the breadth

of conception, which is

not fully

displayed

by

the violin; and,

secondly,

by

the

example

by

Bach

himself

in

the

transcription

for

organ

of

his

own

violin

-fugue

in

G

minor.

On

this

head

Griepeiikerl

 It

is

important

to

observe, that

the

Fugue by J. S.

Bach

was,

in

all probability, originally

written

for

In this

form

it

is

found among

the well-known

six

sonatas for solo violin, and

in

the key

of

G

minor;

it

had

to

be

transposed

for

organ to D

minor, for

the sake of

effect

and

of

ease

in

execution.

The

Prelude

an

entirely

different

one, and

in the

Fugue all

passages peculiar to

violin

-teehnic

have

been altered

to

suit th^

keyboard;

aside from these

deviations,

however,

the

resemblance

is

extremely great .

Page 176: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 176/220

Eiamplt

43

\

/.,,.

«

«

» »

 

ter

>

n *

*

m

}|

d

»

it

*

I

-

r

r-»

|j.J.

J

J7J]

j^r^j^s

S

'

w/

_

_

-

_

_

^

._-__)

'<

-J

•;

«

s

I

•*

»

I*

-TTfe

~ 7

A-

#.(#5.

d'ffjwf)

t

octave, or

in fuzes,

higher.

-

P

r*

*

>

-

^

J

*T3

-

-

^

A

r-

F

r>

gg

ff

i

^

9.

«;

*7

*---£

^iiiJto7-Ui

<=

A

*=*

e

cr

r^T/

_

IJ.

<$

12. Same,

an octaz

_

-gj

Jj

^

f^^J

higher,

or

an octave lowet

13.

j4.

Same,

an octave

higher.

15.

ig

^

2^

i

ff.

Same,

an

octave

highe

r^

cf

 e/

r-g

*^

5fet

3^S* a

T

^

f^f

«er

M*^r

r^H*

e/

^r^r

«;

*

I

5

I

I

I

 

is

s

I

Each

of

these

16

examples

in

registration

,

may

be

multiplied

by

other

variants,

different uvnamic

marking

(p-

*tf-f>,

by

occasional

use

of

the

soft

pedal.

Page 177: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 177/220

169

3.

Additions,

Omissions, Liberties.

I.

Additions.

Fillings, or

completion

of the

harmony, occur for the following reasons:

To

obtain

greater

fullness

of

tone;

where

parts are

too far apart;

for

cumulative

effects, and

olimtucos;

as

a

substitute for

doublings,

when

the

hitter are

of

execution: to

enrich the

piano- effect;

etc.,

etc.

They are usually

harmonic

or figurative; seldom of

contrapuntal,

melodic,

or in

any

way independent

nature.

The

natural introduction

of

additions,

without

violating the

is

a

touchstone

of

the transcriber'9 taste.

Organ.

Example

44.

m

P

O

==

:

=

-TT-

m

s

&

I

IS

yrHNr

i

&

m

j

\

£

1=

B

 Sg

1

[£T

l

l|

Example 45.

il_

SS

fc

B

^J

«^PU

LLfJ-

*•

OTl^^rm^i

-JiT]

J^T3

^TO

Example

46

Organ.

pi

[L

Jif

Example 47.

gi

v

P

j

3=5

V

^|

.

y

p

|=g

P

s

=3

e

p^

5=S

^8

i-

l*

-$*-*

m

?

T=jt

1

Page 178: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 178/220

Example 49

ft*

«••

-'•••

*••

TO,

-r-Wll,

_rJD.

.,

1

1

-^

1

.

.,1-Pfl

I

LfiiJ

LdJ

'

Led

LLLl

y

'

^

n

1

'

T

^

^

(?)

?

w

P

v

-flffp

v

fe

ffp

e*

 gF

s

wis?

Jl^ap

%

^Bp

<

tttt

0k

Exam

ple

5

0.

-.oforte.

L:

itig

*_»

?

.fl]

,

.

J

^

JJ1,

m.J ,

.J

..,.J]

^-

•^-•'^--M '[

£

[fi[j--ffir

Example

51.

WaHtials.)

AH

r

**

r.//

••

^

Pedal.

cuo

Pvilale

F

•-

»

*

*

;

L

j^jT

^

F^-f

Example

52.

Manuals.)

Page 179: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 179/220

171

Example

53.

rm^nr^

Organ.

rrr?i

,

j,j.j

})>

8-

pj^jj

b

t

,r,tr4

lp

¥

=

*5

fe

f

r

^^

j'

jp

3

l

j

Eg

ii

te

*

f

m

n

J

;

5=*

Page 180: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 180/220

172

ll

. Omissions.

[notion

 i

the

I .

-limns

of

ohorda,

and belated

or

limn,

i

oapaoit]

'i'

the

bande;

or

from

facilitations

in

torn

i

omitted,

tranepo

led

Into

the

octave,

or

With

effect

of

luoh

 mis

inn-,

[a oot verj

diiturbidg,

I

,

pared

wherever poeeible.

nple

54

Example

55

fa

f

Example

56. ,

jjjjjj

. j^

:s5|^

Lnder

this

head

we also

reckon

those

one-sided,

but

useful,

doublings

of

in

thirds

and

sixths,

which

can

be executed

with one

hand:

_

-

-

.

the

occasionally

unavoidable

omission

of

appoggiaturas,

mordents,

and other

ornaments.

Page 181: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 181/220

173

Example

58,

*TZ~$,

n

8

\

[rfr'tr

•2

8

2

*till+

*

l

£*

?-0

f~

m

f-m .

m

T

k

d-

,

'#

P

*»=

Bf

^

4

m

fid*

h

51

3 —

Jc

P

fc*-^*

r-=l»

Pf

tj^*

Example

59.

Example

60.

Compare

Note on tk«

 Svttaininp-perfal ,

p.

89.

Page 182: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 182/220

III.

Liberties.

n

the

two

.in

trumente,

not

Inadmissible.

They

irhen

the)

I

In »n

extension

of

the

passages,

or

an

mImh

ih.'.

n

barmooio,

oontmpuntal,

thematio/

or

otfcei

the

Preludei

end

Pugaei

lo D

sod

Bb (m

transcribed

by

turn,

ii

b

b1

be

distinguished:

f

18

beard;

,11

,

|.

,

,,t

the end

of

the

lame

Prelude,

followed

by

a oadenoe

-like

thfull)

Imitated

from

an

Episode

in

the

Prelude.

(Compare

the

in

the

published

woi

If

Example

61

.ItU.ll

*

**

**'

*^l*

i

i^m

FTF

gp^

i

i

*1

3

.'/

x.

./

./

fl

lflifi

•>./.-

-

<

J—

JJ

'J'MT/rf

K

:

^fe

Example

62.

b.)

U*

•>a

S

PPjp

w

r*r=*

k

i

TT

*

TT

ft

j^»i-

C

Adagio.)

^

v,

«

m

w.

1

-•-f-E—

ft—

'

Example 63.

Pedal.

E

^^

^^

<

JE=

Ij

II

I

1

1 J

J

iii

kJ J'l

t

J

'

^

^

Jjj-jl^

^l

Zl

U =3

3

L

-

2 #2

w

*

H'*

g#

#

w

3

*

*

rivforzando

(Liszt)

Example 64.

/;/

Bach

we repeatedly

meet

rcil/i

the

thefne

taken

up

in simplified

form

by

the

pedal;

e.

g.

instead

of:

Page 183: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 183/220

175

Illustration

of

Ilie

second

kind. (The

reason

for

choosing this

form

is, to give the

them

the

greatest

emphasis

at

the cul-

point

of

the

Fugue.)

Example

65.

Organ

.

piano

(/faus

ig.)

piano

-

Til

ustrations

of

both

kinds

Exampte

66.

Organ.

^m

4^4^

3sfe*

g

gg

g

j

^gpijiil

i

=

I

P

te

g p

u

p

^

^££#*f£

P

^^i^U-if^

 The

embellished

cadences

are

like

a

bit

of improvisation.

They are executed at the

close

of a

piece,

without

strict

adherence

to

the tempo .

C.

Ph.

E. Bach.

Page 184: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 184/220

\.

Use

of

tho

Piano

pedals.

;l

,

tii.

be

played

witii.

ait

p.-dni

irv

,,,

H.

n...

VOrkl

it

i

..I.

-..luti-ly

essentia]

in

these

transcribed

or-

pedal

i-

the onlj

proper one

By

thiH

we

mean

the

Ingle

r

ohords,

-for

emphasisidg

u

euspension,

for

sustaia*

treatment

bj

vhiob

ii'

l/ic

pedal

effect

Is

brought

out.

[ndiepenaable

la

the

fully

Justifiable

where

the Instruction  WMfl

pednle

b

generally

it

vers

lubstitute

foi

.i

hi

 ii^

finger

c,.ii

it-

best

use,

li

lying

applicable

nut

only

to Bach-

playing,

but

likewise

with

the

bands rather

than

with

the

pedal.

i pianistj

e are

foreign

to

the stj

le.

,

brok

taken

sritfa

the

pedal,

lift

the

hands simultaneously with

the pedal.

A

vaguely

urj to

tin-

nature of

ti

an.

tended

to

Lsaitate

nagnifioenl

full organ

effects,

the

pedal is

indispensable.

The

raised dampers

.-.it )

passing< and

changing

-notes,

and

the

like.

Consider,

that

the

mixtures opened with

the

.

fifth

•>

r

even

the

third

and

seventh,

of

every tone struck. An approximate

imita-

:

th^e

tone

-

blending

tone-tangles)

r.m

be

obtained,

on

the

piano,

only

by

using

the

pedal.

Example 67.

Example

68

E

xample

69.

It

is

kept

alive

by people

who

also

demand that

Bach

should be

played

only

on

Jhe

spinet

or

clavichord.

These

the

same

persons

who

irritably

asseverate,

that

much

playing

of

Liszt

injures

a pianist;

that

Beethoven's

power

invention,

in

his

third

period,

was

enfeebled

by

age;

that

chromatid

trumpets are

unmusical

instruments;—

all

opinions,

which

we

intentionally

refrain

from

contradicting,

as

the aim

of

this

work is

neither

controversial

to

provoke

controversy.

Page 185: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 185/220

the

use

of

the

damper-

Pedal,

compare

(in

general)

Liszt's

transcription

of

the

G

minor

Fantasia.)

The

soft

pedal.

Touching

the soft, or left,

pedal

(marked  una

corda or

 u.

c )

let

us

say

at

the outset,

that

it

may

be used

not

for

the

last gradations of

 pianissimo , but also

in  mezzo

forte

and

all the

intermediate dynamic

shadings.

The

may

even,

occur,

that

some passages

are played more

softly

without

the

soft

pedal

than others

with it. The

intended

here

is

not

softness .of

tone, but

the

peculiar

quality of tone

obtained.

(Compare

 Registration .)

Adagio.

Example

72.

Example

73.

sfiiza

Peri.

poco

legato

s

bhMM

f

tenuto

fe±

L^^

¥=*

tTZ

ii .%a.

3

*

Example

74.%fc

**•

**•**

//r

%>.

^

ofa

<&A.

  .<&*.

una

corda

(Compare

the

Coda

to

the

editors transcr.

of

the D major

Prelude,

ancTthe E

minor

Fugue

in App.

II

to

Vol. I.)

The

entrance

of

the organ-pedal-part

in

the

exposition ^)f

a

fugue

may,

as

a

rule, be

advantageously

supported

by

soft

pedal.

The

exposition as

a

whole,

and

also the episodes,

are

usually benefitted

by

the

soft

pedal.

(Comp.

Fugue

in

El?

=

C.)

The

editor

plays, for

instance,

the repetition

of

the

secondary

theme

(beginning

in

F

minor)

in

G

minor

'Fantasia, with soft

pedal and in

the evenest

 piano up to

the

semicadence in G

minor

(i.e.,

6

full

measures)

Page 186: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 186/220

aid

 '

a

in-

h

le

t

ma}

be

Buatai

i

n

<i

Itheir

i

i

playii

- iizn / i/u/r

I

(In

to

effeol

Ined

 i

.

truck

audiblj

or

inaudiblj

.

and

thej

t

tone

id.

in

with

the

ordinarj

loud

pedal, beoauae

the

employed

at plea lire

awhile

the

Buwtaining-pcdal

La

In

playing

anj

figure oontaining the tonea

h«»ld by the

,1

prolonged

a/ith

euob

repetition

a/hen

tins

are

repeated

;if

regular

finitely

|

rol

'I

Example

76.

Example 77

*

Example

78

I

m^£i^

I

Perlaie

'

Vf

J

*

''J

:

^m

S*

'fjeel

m

=*^=

^F

Real

organ-

effects

can

be obtained

only

by the

combined

action

of the three

pedals.

As

might

be

supposed,

the

editor

has

not

succeeded

in discovering

all the

hidden

possibilities

of

the

sustaining

the

following

illustrations

will

show

the

results

of

his

investigations

hitherto.

'

Example

79.

St/sf.

-pedal

alone,

legato

£

*3

3

Page 187: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 187/220

Example 80.

fofacrfo

Sust.-ped.

and

loud

Pedal.

F|

 a

^

m

^

179

flLH5S33JSro_ji-..

JJJJJJJOT5.

*m.%».

Sust.-pedal

mhfinuallj/

held with

left font.

m

Example

81.

uiiwm

4

sag

|.j

f

fp^

y/'ni.^.*^^^

^

ftjShQ

encnneama

i/f-

_

.73:

7

#%&#<&&.*%*.# %o.»

F~

7

1

7

>

*

Example

82.

^^

Sust.-p

ed.

and-xoft

pedal.

*&>.

*

%s.

*

 &>.*<&>.

*

%».

*

<Sto.

*

%s. *

'-t^t£

una

eorda

P^S

Sust.-ped. with

right

fool.

mf

^m73SST

u.S.w.

etc.

Grave..

»{f

Example

83.

express:

(£*

*

ER

mM

m

p

I

1

*

TL^

7

 

jg^j

PfSS^f

1

pp.* l-

ii.%*

•»

//.

c.

PP

1

^

tl.C.

(Liszt)

p

B

<5

Adagio.

Example

84/

Sust.-ped.

(/'.foot)

Sust.

pUI.

£5^

e

<w.

<&&

^j

ipia

eorda

pp

5=£

if

-*r

IF^F

i>3

KV

>X3

w%

fe

Example

85.

3 Pedale.

i

rtw

-

i

&

iy

/« /#.

^e&

H§iij

-

S

IX £1

^

tlj

I

^^

^

(en.

-w-

%8.

*

Id

FiipTa.

Li

P

iki

</yf

'ufda

n

5 5

a

^

,//.SV>

.V.V

_0

Fr.fi.

Snx(..-p*d.

Page 188: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 188/220

<iplt 16

|S

*

£l

Example

89.

4^

Vt

Jul

w

~w

4

*

~i)

U-

i

 

S

§g

^s

Se

*^fc

«

iZfyfilf

iM

^p^

^

'

^

'

s

s

Example

90.

Page 189: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 189/220

181

5.

Interpretation (style

of

playing)

Let

the

interpretation be

on

broad lines, full and firm,

and

rather

hard

than

too tender.

 Elegant

nuances, such as

a

sentimental swell

of

the

phrases,

a

coquettish

hastening

and retarding,

excessively

staccato,

over-flexible

legato,

over-

employment

of the

pedal,

and the

like,

are bad

habits

wherever

they

occur;

Bach-playing,

they

are offensive mistakes.

On

the

other

hand,

a

certain

elasticity

in

the

tempo,

when applied

on

scale,

lends to

the

interpretation that trait of

freedom which

characterizes

every

artistic

performance;—

for

Bach's

organ-

fantasias ought not

to be

played

from

beginning

to

end

with

stiff

metronomic

precision.

The

study of touch* is

of

the first importance for

our

purpose.

The

student

is required

to

acquire as

complete

of

dynamic gradations as possible,

with the ability

to

maintain

unimpeachable

eve.iness

in

each

gradation.

especially

in

the soft registers (which

call

for

great

variety

of

shading),

a dull

and

rigid

monotony

of

tone

is

In the

organ,

the pipes belonging to

one

and

the same registers

are

 equalized

with

the

utmost

care;

any

tone

a

very

little

louder

than the rest

would fairly scream

in comparison.

When

any

part, on

the

piano,

is to

be rendered more prominent

than

the

others

(theme,

imitation),

let

this con-

register

like a solo-

stop on

the

organ

be

likewise,

and

in

all its

tones,

perfectly

smooth

and

even

in

One advantage

which the piano has over the

organ is,

the

ability

to

render

prominent

(accent)

one

tone

above

the

level;

and

it would

be

foolish

not

to

utilize

this

advantage where

its

use

is

musically

justifiable.

The

melodic

too,

should breathe

inspiration

and feeling,

and powerful

intensifications

should

pulse

and

vibrate

with

life.

Be specially

careful to

strike

ail

the

tones of

a (solid)

chord together.

Arpeggios,

or the

hasty

anticipation

of

the

are

of

very

doubtful

taste;

firstly,

because

contrary

to the

character

of

the

organ;

secondly,

because

they produoe

effect of

over- exertion.

Moreover,

such

basses

lack the

necessary

weight.

For these

faults the transcriptions

them-

are

usually

answerable;

it

is

the editor's

business

to

forestall

such awkward

difficulties.

Example

91.

so

good.

On

the

organ,

the

performer

must

skilfully

select

his

registers; on

the

piano,

they

must

arise

under

his very

fingers-w

Page 190: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 190/220

JAlso

comp.

numerous examples

in

the

transcr.

of the

E\> Prelude and

Fugue.)

Another

help

in

imitating the

organ,

is the inaudible

repetition

of sustained

tones

in

passages

like that

shown

kelow:

Adagio.

Example

94.

I/'

11

 

'if

if

I

ttmpre

una

corda.

s

&m*hi

sx

gpp

Vi/

m/fca.

Stint.-

p#d.

.*

«to._D»

Vol

attentat

*

Page 191: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 191/220

Example 95

Multo

Lenttunente

183

t^

'

fcp

Pedal

und

Pedal

<oid

mm

cordti

together.

Execution

of

the inner

part.

(silent)

Example

96.

Allegro

££

V

ft

\

•i.

./:/'

^S

B^

%&.

i

^^

ar

w

1

in

pp

g

—te-

^

ii

*

3T

3E

mm

corda

^m^E

Execution:

silent

(More

on

Interpretation

in

the

chapters

on

Registration

and Use

of

the

Pedals.)

6.

Supplementary.

Higher

demands are made, by the

transcription of certain kinds

of organ-pieces

which

cannot

be

thoroughly

mas-

by

one

player on

the

piano

(taking

into

consideration the necessary doublings)

because

of their

too

intricate

po-

or which,

because

intended

for

two

manuals, present other insuperable

difficulties

in

practice.

In

either

the problem

of

transcription

may

be

solved

by

arranging them for

two

pianos.*

(Also

compare

the

Variant

to

ro

XV.)

Organ.

Pianoforte

I

Pianoforte

II.

Example

97.

te

^m

<

SEE

f

m

s^-^-£

3

f=

i

f=

m

m

f

fnr

i

i

fffrf^ >ffr

g

^^

^

si

^

Bach himself,

for

similar reasons, once

took reiuge

in

this expedient; it was

in the

two fugues

before

toe

last,

his

contrapuntal

bequest  The

art

of

Fugue''

Page 192: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 192/220

IN*

f

-

.

~

m

-

*

- *

:*

«

»

«

* -

«

*

t*

»

_

=>

..

.

N

.

m

J

i

*

•*•*

I

«r

*'

-

*

-J

:

***

*

r

p__p

__

_

m

r

r m

m

ill:,

^

If

»

I- I

^

3C=

^

l^TT^

ill-

<•

'

j

j

i .

5=^

Jjj i

j.

.

hti

=

i

:

^^

^r^

7

*

* *,£

7.

 »5W

//

 

.'

}

J

J

S

J-

--•?j

r

i-s

.j

E

»»i

.

i

jrrjSQ

j^

dSS

i*

'if

jS

CttJT

r

^:ir

I

£$T

^

ifESw

is?.

et

b

4

a

carE

C

tfL

i

1

i_

*

'f^^l^ES

\

-4-«-

<&i>.

Page 193: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 193/220

Example

98.

Allegro (sostenuto.)

Choir

org.

^.

r

'

A

185

Page 194: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 194/220

ive to

hi

organ

piece, bj

i

e<

e

.i'

tuallj

to

translate

11 Into

the

u

ill

qok

 »••

ih.'

:

reater, the

Lees

the

J

thought

are made

to

conform

to

11

they

should

ii/i-ii

ey can

enhance the

effect the

freedom

of

wellnigh

unlimited

when_

as In

the

following

mode]

examples_the

t

ions'

99

•) iu*^tM-r*?r?M?

$ *

,

;ii»

>

*

»

•) t

(

.

-

tejzz.ths

':-

«;

^rp

«

p^F=

'rTrPpf

txS-f

if--

:

°*

=•

Jlfrf^f

^S

f

f-rfr

^

TlgL-cxJi;

sgffi^fe

3s

31

w

^

 tJ^JjJJJJJ

^Bl

JJJJJJJJJJJJ

liiJUJ

JJJJ

J

.j

J

I

>rs

,r5

^-:

S

 

I

From

this

standpoint

the

editor

has

attempted

a transcription

of Liszt's

Fantasia and

Fugue

on the

chorale

in

Prophet.

Page 195: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 195/220

187

Pianoforte.<

I

J'

1

J

MM

sempre

ff

e

presto

^^

f.

Hitl

TJ

^U;

^J

1

1

1

m

.1*.

i

£»i

tiJ

£

&

'lite

ti

<?-

iJ

1

 ^

jjji'

iuj

TifTfu^

^

ta

jj;

11

ulTirfr^

g .

1

*

'^

.

'

 .

rn

^=—

£

 ?:=-£

«fc.

r

:=

^

r

^

f

l|

J

f

*

a

»

i i g

i m m-

I

S

IT»

»

s

E

§

i

i f ft f f

n

m

n

XT*-

^

7

'7'//?

»

»

9-

f

n

W

^

o^k*

te?/,po)

r r

mi

j

1

'

j

'Ml

14

jl

tt'l

i i 1

1 1

n

i i

*

1

1

$*

*J

O

%&.

v

a-

I

i

j I -M

P

^

ipPS

3@H

H

*

£

3>

fffffrH

qiui

n

i i

i

iHi

TTfff

>s

i

F.

Li

set.

Page 196: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 196/220

1HH

\

/

-

100

i

r>

la

)

5-.

 •

•»*

r»:-

j-

•L

:.:.

fifcf&fm

#

**-

r

 

S*

rW

\f

fp

W

yl/*;,

</

«::*

Nu

^

-

s

«

m

Jgg^gS

*/o

W^-

a^i

Hi

£

i

uMi

jx

..

SB

Full

organ

g

m

i

j=^

r

yOfs^fjTT'T'rr

'

r

fejjggSfc

jl

^^s

:=

F

v

'

'^n

>=<'

i^^^^g

^

?

^

-^^f

*•

:*

*

*

^faWtfai'^^

P

i^

6ii>j|»

**t

^

J

rf

ft'nuta

m

mm

//

ten.

H

SB

KB

p$Wi $££

M

=~

i»»

^^m^mm

irgn^

5^

»fff

 ST-

33

2*

»

g

»

'

^

PPEE

jC

^

te

Tp?=fr

/f«

/Vv/

Page 197: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 197/220

189

Quasi

Allegro

uioderato

hi

\u

Pianoforte:

T3Ui&

ip»iji3ijl*i*illffi

#33

?33i

#33

3533

#33

33t^3

^33^3^1

b

|g|g||

II

gg_:

TO.

to.

*

M

<&o.

#

\

i

M

M

\

^g

pi

#

s

un

poco

*

7

7.

&

acceler.

il

&&

ewuo

f

man

^m

fes^

ife

ppfe

^

^

^p

^k

rnLJ^J

J^J

gg

*

IS

EE?EE=

; =

'

7

EE=

'^EE^E^e'

7

g'ggg

7

£

7

£S£'

7

§

7

£££

tr

ccr

peer

$

zrr

vv?

fcct

p

tfr

?

Err

to.

*

f

toT*

K

to *

K

W

*

to.

*

Y

*e£#

o.

*

^

IS

^:

to.

to.

*

to.

*

F.

Lisit.

As

acceptable tasks of

considerable

magnitude,

we recommend

for

transcription

Bachs

Toccata

in F,

the

Toe

cata

e

Fuga

in

C,

the

Fantasia

in

G,

and,

for

a

4-hand

arrangement

for

two

pianos,

the

Passacaglia.

Page 198: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 198/220

I90

i |ch

the

preceding

Prelude

&

Fug

Lie

\

D

major

Prelude

&

Fugue

Numbers:

2,

3,

.Y

11.

Hi.

17.

21.

40.

42.

44.

45.

4(5.

52.

55.

56.

57.

88.

71.

75,

85.

1.

10.

I. ).

21. 33.

41.4

7. 51.80.

70.

71.73.

79.

HO.

94.

D

minor

Toccata

<&

Fugue

0.9.

12.

13.

18.81.84.48.49.

50.

54.61.

02. 04.

05.

Passacaglia

1.19.

20.

38.

39.

93.97.

tntasia

in

G

major

7.8.30.

Toccata

in

F

major

22.23.26.53.58.59.81.

Toccata

&

Fugue

in C

major

14.25.28.35.36.37.

Fantasia

<& Fugue

in G

minor

63.83.92.

Fugue

(Violin-

fugue)

in

D

minor

66.91.

Prelude

in

A

minor

82.

Toccata

( Doric )

in

D

minor

60.

Prelude in

G

minor

32.

Prelude in

E

minor

29.

2nd

Concerto in A

minor

(ace.

to

Vivaldi)

98.

Chaconne

72.

Beethoven's

4th Symphony

84.

Liszt's Fugue

en

the

Name  BACH .

99.

Liszt's Variations

on

 WEINEN & KLAGEN .

100.

(od

a

Motive

by

Bach)

Original

27.

43.67.76.77.78.86.87.88.89.90.95.96.

Page 199: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 199/220

191

Second

Appendix

to

Volume

I.

Prelude

and

Fugue.

(Example

of

transcription

from

the

or^nn for

the pianoforte.)

£

s

r

*

TO «

Moderate

deciso.

lion

lesrnff)

0t

 

y;_

 CJf

I

(sot

to)

5

**

-

-

(SOJJI'fl)

Jj J

,JJ

J 3

Pff

^^

**£=£

52

3

13

2

Page 200: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 200/220

..._»,»

-

7

:'.

K

I

d

 

:i*

I

-

JU.J

ii^^

i

i

a

r

«

r

• ?

*

p

'

P

-•

.•*

f

V

fr

-

- -

/

V

V

r

,1

JTJ

T

I

hi

I

i

-

-

r

r

' '

'

j

V^»J>

rr

r

r

?^m

j

t i^

E

grcBfa

^##

r

-

m»p

r

v

t

ji

t

j>

|H

1

V||-

> i

M

P^*

^^

ppp

^ffff

:f^t«=i

pm

8''

8%

8%

no/i

lei

t^

Page 201: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 201/220

193

Andante

tranquillo.

With

the

rigid

dynamic

evenness ot

an

or^an

-

register.

|

i

tun

la

rigida

egunsliunza dinamica

d'un

registro

d'organo.

 

ttftft

co

rd^t-

sempre

p

&

m

m

fljj

<J33

1

i'J

1

J^

J

.

^

J

r

?

J

''

^m.

^

M

J=4>

TO

^^

^^

H*

5

^r

^r

^

i

^m

s

CJTi

ffi^

g

5

Se?=

m

*-*

i

t

v

ffp

-

p

-

a

»

S=§i

airr

p

JBli

m

orpf

J

*_

Jj

v

i)

J.soprnjft' It'

:

 

7

y

|

EE=

;E

Ensf

ggE

I

yi

r^TSNCgefJ

£

i

M3

6^

Bta

H

S

^TT

'tS'LtStl

Page 202: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 202/220

--•

;

..

run.

I

I

•',

li

l|

'I'

1

1»|

l

1

**

1

 '

ilips

mJ.

;-

V

^*Ci

:

*

cffcf

pppsubito

This

Fugue

should

sound

as if

played

without

pedal.

Limit the

use

of

the

pedal

to

binding

tones

difficult

of

connection,

and to

prolonging

tones which

cannot

be

by the

hand;

the

time -value

must

in no case

be lengthened

or

abbreviated.

Page 203: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 203/220

195

Third

Appendix

to Volume

I.

Analytical exposition

of

the

Fugue

in

Beethoven's

Sonata,

Op.

100. -

B

-

1st

Part:

A.

=

Exposition.

ijfrT-Tgr^

i

Motive (a

m

C

ountersubject I.

£

^m

^^=^^

free

extension.

UJ&^tf1

s

W

iS

^Mg$£

§{

'contraction

of b,

i

K.

B.

We should not regard

the

study of the

piano-iugue (which

is,

in fact,

the

chief aim

of the

Well-tempered

Clavichord) as

completely

concluded,

without

a mention of

the

climax,

of

all

piano-fugue

composition,

the

last

movement of

Beethoven's

opus

106

a

work

of

elementary

power.

By the

illumination

of

its formal

structure, light is also thrown

on

its

conception;

nothing

in

this fuirue

is

so

obscure

and

turbid

as

to

explain

its undeniable

unpopularity.

(We

should rather

ascribe

it to

the

immanent

feel-

ing

of

unrest

_ the

lack

of

pleasurable

ease.)

Only frequent and finished

performance, and the provision

of

a

complete

view

of

Beethoven's intellectual

procedure,

can

make

head

against, and possibly

overcome, this

unpopularity .

The

editor

has

tried

both

ways,

in order

to

lift this

piece,

decried

as

 ugly

and unpianistic but

really masterful

and

full

of

genius.

to its

rightful

place before the

public.

In this he has merely

followed Hans

von Biilow,

whose

model edition

of this

Fugue

is supplemented here

in

one

direction.

(l)

The theme

comprises only

*j

measures. Of

this

we

furnish

two

proofs:

(l)

In the course

of

the

Fugue,

the

theme

is

never

exactly

reproduced

beyond

the

sixth

measure;

(2)

the

 canon

cancrizans

in

the

third

part,

begins

the

theme with

the sixth

measure.

,

Theme

Theme

has

3

motives

Motive

A. jjk*

Motive

C

can

be subdivided thus

Motive c,

l

mmm

Motive

C.

^m.

PS

£JSJP3.

 Sjl

ic,«

wmr

'

^r&n

(2)

In

this

Futfue,

the movement

in

sixteenths in

itself,

without

reference

to the

succession of its

intervals,

is

regarded

as

thematic.

At

the

same

time,

a special

type

of

the

diatonic

passages

is

refained.

Uo

meas.

17).

This

is

employed in

three

forms:

^jycrf.

jp£=

ft

_

j

i

p

y

f-'

p

i

V

*,

B f*~ j?

{

E3e1

Page 204: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 204/220

196

«*

»

' £

*

/a

ft

I

S.I.

.

>

V

J-

i

ibjed

II.

>

Mot i\

e

a.

i

)

f

tl

Th-12.

:

ir r

r>r r>

l>

^^ZHi

*

*

g

-

mk i>

Episode:

Beqaenoe

l

ik<'

imitations

of

C.S.i.b

,g

iit,

r

 

c.s.i.

b

si

n

I

frt'e extension.

in

diminution.

tf':F^zm^mf

Free

form

of

Th.C.

1st

Part,

B.=

second

Ex.

fcfc*

e=

'

*

>

g

*=*=

P

^

^

^r

r

>

^

s

i

a

s

*

c

^ro

^

#

j^

g

gl

S

==

g

^

a

F

^r

I

Th. A

i/'

Theme

position

'

incomplete)

in

a

remote

key.

Irpt. at

the

tenth.

1

The

rhythm

anticipated

by one

Th. C, 8

'

'

M

ree counterpoint.

h

*

m

m

fe

^

w

/C.S.LMotive

b.

beat

I

C.S.I, b,

2

with

shifted

I

~i

rhythm.

thematic movem.

in

16ths

1

JflfliTOflg

1

Imitation

of inner part

jaajmJTn

»

I

|

Imitation

of

soprano.

|

Page 205: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 205/220

197

Answer

in the

Dominant of the foreign

key. the

rhvti,m

I

in

dimih.

3

ICS.I:^

belated

by one

beat.

Contrapuntal

inversion

of the

lust

two

measures.

Six

successive

imitations

of

the last measure ^modulatory

sequence)

(Inversion^i^J,

m

\jffecii

^

it-

W^

wfmm

vgjf.

he

r

Me

^

J l>

B

£*

fcE

^

fcK

r

T

'

l

(I

T' ftf

P

P?

IB

=£=#

<

*)-

t

r

e

r

C.S.I.1.

>

«i

i.

r

.

\tl

,

J

ben

marcnto

m

^^

f

r

r*'

I

P7'

ft

3—**J-

ITh.A

ITh.A

r

m

f^^r

J

J

i.J-

rr

r^

limit.

1st

independent

Episode.

(Divertimento.) qs

®

Motive

®

cm

i

U

Page 206: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 206/220

'

m

',11

'

: i

 

I

.uii

II

in

iiwi

.i-nf

••(

in

OBC

part.

L

 --.

'

'

m

m

'lit.

in

«

jit

.it

the tenth,

TlPree

[mitatiQn

of

Theme C

(extension

)

Fragment

)Th

.:...

«*?

''J

?£&££

1/

f

J *}'

nfit

»f

V

sf

)f

~\

n.i

*^#

J- *

W-

# 77

ic.s.i.b.

-ff

-1

--

<l

'

^

'

L*.

Th.B

fr£

 HThl?

?JTO

A

-

,/

 J^

^WTO

^-g

s

tr>

•••irv

motion And augmentation,

between

Soprano

and

Bass.Stretto-like

play

with

thematic

motive

Second

independent episode.

ometrica]

counterpart

to

1st Episode.)

(Idea)|pgE

Transformation

of

(B)

Page 207: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 207/220

li*9

and

Alto imitating

(8-meas.)

Extension

of

1-meas.

sequence-motive

to

2

measures.

Four

repetitions of the

same.

ms^ib

Imitation

of

the

 preceding

4 beats,

and

transition.

matic

movem.

in 16ths

I

Answer

in

t

he

relative

key.

Development

with

Theme- fra

gments

in

the Canon

cancrizans.

Th.

B.

in

Canon cancr.

iTh.B.in

Canon

cancr.,

(1)

That is,

inversion of

the succession of the

tones,

retaining-

their

original

time-

value

and

the

intervals.

E.g.;

.^J^IFF

' 'f

r

7

 

Inversion

of

the

rhythm.

m

(2)

Fjl

is both the

last note

of

counter- subject

III,

and the

first of

the theme.

(8)

This

counterpoint,

a

rhythmic

variation

of C.

S.

Ill,

enters before

the

latter,

and

thus forms

a

unique

canon.

Page 208: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 208/220

D of UM

Tii.H. in

th«-

contr. motion

of

the Origins

II II II < .. .

..#

II >.

Th

B.

in the

coot.

mut.

of

the

oan.

cantor.

a

.-•'*

.•

•»

m

.

*

*#

1./'

?&?

rflfl^l

J

 •

variants.

«

*

v

»»

~*

»•

*

#*

V

j:^

'

-^Ti

1

'

SS^

r

Th.

B.

in

the

canon

canor.

J

Contraction

r

P^gf-;^'

Sg

f

y-f—

yf

f

free

transition 8

mens.

I

'

«5g

'r^w

E

/

J3Sff^¥

^^

--<J?1P

New counterpoint

in

*^^^d^b-^^

B

3

p

^^

Sopr. and

Alto,

(imitating

closely)

Austin,

of lust

link of

counter-

point

in

the Alto.

If

*\

Theme

in the

original form.

Sequence-like

progression

of

5th

thematic

measure.

4th Part.

Inversion.

Transiti

on

|

Theme

in

Contrary

motion.

Continuation

of

the themat.

Sequence

in the

inner

part

C.

S.

I.

contr. mot.

fla^nffSEP

Mnas.6

of theme

is

omitted

her*.

Page 209: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 209/220

201

Variation of C.S.I

in

eontr. motion.

Sm^.

.

_4

i

Sequence

(3-meas.)

Th.A.

.,

w

,

(tr

Xiw)(fr

m

)_

(*•-

Inversion

of

the

Sequence.

Varied

Imitation

or

the

Bass.

s

m

*

tei

£=§

^

e^e

±

Th.

B.

(free invtrstoii)

93^P

£fe

>

^ Jrp

cjcc

reccir^

j

IflT^rWT

ip^i

ffjgfrP%M

^

fr-

&

^-Mr^

^

g

*^

^£ P

cpt.

borrowed

from

theme

g

MF^

9

r^ettJ

r

p^

cirf

fa

n

Theme

in

contr.

motion

in

remote

key.

Parallel

passage

to 1st Part,

B

(incomplete).

Free

continuation.

Imitafory

intensification.

(2-part.)

'*Th.A.J

mmfbFft

|

tr

t

k=£

5

themat.

movem.

in

16ths

<5

(tr)

fe

I

s

'

»

1)

Diminution (of Th.

A.

to

one-half

of

time-value.)

Free semi-cadence.

Ni

ES

P

^

fr

?

*

v

ns

H

S

@

F

£—-

g

33

tr.tr

t

3BE

tr*

m

W9

m

i

i

fr

£

*

te

fr

b

.^-

^p

rJ§

^F

B

E5

SE

/

Ur^v

(1)

Bulow

regards

the trills

as

 a triple

diminution

of

the

thejne ' If

this

were the

case, the

notes in

the nuftnkt

would

have

to be

sixteenths.

We

perceive,

consequently,

only

a

simple

diminution

(the

half of

the

original

note-

value), and

regard the trills

as quarter-

notes

abbreviated

by

rests.

An

unabridged

presentation

of

this

passage

would, therefore,

probably

be thus:

It was

not

written

so,

because

of

its

impracticability

on

the pianoforte.

Page 210: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 210/220

I

v

1

*

m

»

-

.i\\\\

I

,|l

'

-'

:

-

t<

to~f

*

»

.

*

.

*

*

:*

::*

*

ji

l

i

'

l

i

j

»j

l i

M

|

r

rT

|

r

-Tnrrftra

--1

^p^j

j .

j.

Transition

and

Modulation.

5

H

-

Idea

of

the

Imitations

in

Soprano and

Alto,

'

fa

<rTOI'

**

i

i

J

^

5th

Part,

B.

Double

Fugato.

(Return

to original

key.)

tempo

-

iv

-

C. S.

IV

Th.A.and

Bf

Sequence

with

fragments

of C.

S.

IV.

and

Theme

B. The

Bass

in

%time,

hieher

parts

in

%

time.

:*

i

^

f

*>

•CJT

 

'p°«

-

/

£fLe

Contraction.

y

i

i ^

?§s

I JTT^

__i

-

B: .

~

I

I

g=S

s

p

S

A Fughetta

in the

Fugue;

like

a

theatre

on

the

stage,

on

which

an

independent

piece

is played

in

connection

and

affecting

the plot

of,

the

principal

play.

Page 211: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 211/220

203

5th

Part,

C.

Stretto

in

direct

and contrary

motion.

| Theme

in

contrary

motion, rhythm

belated

by one

beat.

I

Th.in

contrary

motion.

5:

**

1

#

Them

e

in direct

motion

K

Direct

motion.

N.B.

Sequence

(8

me as.)

J

Inversion

-

Free

inversion

of the

Sequence

Another

inversion

of

the

Sequence.

ST

Reentry

of Counter-

subject

I.

pTnr^isode

6

°

rgUn

-

^*a«o-

<*

Bass

(fragmentary)

(1)

The dominant

organ-point, which,

as

a

rule, closes

the fugue,

is

here

only an

alarm-

signal

preparatory

to

appearance

of

the serious

and final

organ-point.

Though

lasting, for

the ear, only

through

four

measures,

it

extends, for

the mind, through

twelve measures

and two

beats

_ if

not even to

the

commencement

of P&rt

 NT.

(2)

The

soprano is

set here

in

two

parts;

in the

fifth

measure

thereafter

the bass

is

doubled

in the

octave.

the

passage

for

string-

orchestra,

the

violins

ditisi

in

places, and

the bass

part

taken

bythe'celli

double-basses.

Page 212: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 212/220

804

still

el

ending)

»^a»>

c

^f^r,JtfTE«f

c

fftp

i

1

1

i

»

»

*

i'LJ

)

<|M

)

/

 

*£fr

m'

*

»

*

#

6th Part.

Conclusion.*

r

,

-

.r~-..

-

-

.

i

&tt

*

'

J

tr~

m

bffb

o.I,

yfwf»

jo

II

irmonic,

[Suspension)

rr\

1-t

//•

»**^%^^%»»

j

n^

(0

:.s.h.

s

f

g

*

£J

*

>

*=*i=l

Idea:

(3

.-

-

\btH

&£&&&££

u

^t&Vf*

-

yvV>

ff/wr.

Them

e in direct

and

contrary

motion

simultaneously.

frhSTfr

/

ir

rrf

^te

Z

r^

C.S.I.

^s

if? ^

-1

^^

5EE£

=SE

£

tc

»%»»»»»»*-^«*»*

T

 i

3^

3

Three-part

stretto

of themes

A

and

B.

 At

this

point

the

so-called

stretta begins says

Biilow

with

a

mistaaoen

choice

of

terms. In

contrapuntal

with

which

we

now

have

to do,

the

stretta

or stretto

signityes

a

 close?'

leading of

the

theme in

se

parts.

In

the

homophonic

forms,

on the other

hand, we

do,

in point of fact, understand

under

the

term

that

portion

of

the

Coda

which,

in

accelerated

tempo

and

intensified

expression,  hastens

toward

the

\striupendo

=

hastening,

 accelerating).

The

distinction

between

Coda

and

Stretta is,

for

example,

very

evident

the

great Leonora

overture.

1

Here

the

soprano

completes

the

theme

interrupted

in the

alto,

by

taking up tne

sixth

measure

an

octave

higher.

Page 213: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 213/220

Organ-point.

C.S. I.

and

II

set

together

in one

part

(see Part II,

meas.

3

and

4).

C S

I

(imit

)

PV~Lr

'

'

i\

*)

*^m

r/Y

f

ffl, i

inttri^j

*)

Here

tne

polyphony,

and

therewith

the

Fugue proper,

comes

to

an

end.

The

coda now

following,

so

brill

ia nt

and

in

pianistic

effect and conception,

closes what

might

be called the series

composing

the

Sonat.-i

fur

Hum

Page 214: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 214/220

Appendix

IV

to

Volume

I.

ippendedi

M

Mu,l

-

V

>

*

-..position,

Prelude

'

i

1

=

t+

*

jt

m

_

.

^.

^fr^

-

- -

«

« * *

»

LU

d

J J

J J

3=q

Wf-

?

LLT'

r

ttE

8tti

urrando

:i

m

m

«

:

' * '

'

i

.*-..-..

£*=£

»

.

p

L^

From here, play

each

successive

measure

of the

following

a

,-i—

I

'

I

*

I

'

f

*

I

«

i*

j

^

m

*

H

***T

^s

^w

J

5 ta

rr

'UJ

P^

*UjeJ

:

*~

P^

.

ler.

j

1

?

*_*__*

*

 

attacca

la

Fugrhetta

(XV

(§))

*

In

this

charming

and

pianistically

acceptable

little piece,

the

alternation

between

three-

and

four- measure

rhythm

is

noteworthy.

We

have

indicated it by figures at

the

beginning

of each

group of

measures.

Page 215: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 215/220

207

Table

of

Contents

of

Volume

I.

Introduction.

Prelude I,

C

major Page

2

Fugue

I, a

4,

C

major

 5

Prelude II,

C

minor

 8

Fugue II, a

3,

C

minor

 12

Prelude III,

C%

major

 14

Study

 17

Fugue

III,

a

3,

C%

major

 19

Prelude

IV,

C%

minor

.

 23

Fugue

IV,

a

5,

C% minor

 25

Prelude

V,

D

major

 30

Fugue V,

a

4,

D

major

 32

Prelude VI,

D minor

 34

Fugue VI, a

3,0

minor

 37

Prelude VII,

E\>

major

(?rel.

and

Fugue, a 4)

.

 39

Fugue VII, a

4,

E\>

major

 44

Prelude

VIII, E\>

minor

 47

Fugue VIII, a

3,

E\>

minor

 50

Prelude

IX,

E

major

 54

Fugue

IX, a

3,

J

7

major

 55

Prelude

X,

E

minor

 58

Fugue

X, a

2,

%

E

minor

 62

Appendix

to Fugue X

 64

Prelude XI, F major

 66

Appendix to Prelude

XI

 68

Fugue

XI,

a

3,F major

 69

Prelude

XII,

F

minor

 71

Fugue

XII,

a

±,F minor

 73

Prelude

XDI, F%

major

 77

Fugue

XIII,

a

3,^1

major

 79

Prelude XIV,

F%

minor

Page

81

Fugue

XIV,

a

4,

F% minor

-

83

Prelude

XV,

G

major ~

86

¥)

Fugue XV, a

S,G

major

~

88

(D

Study

in

composition

90

©

Study

(for two pianos)

»

91

Prelude

XVI,

G minor »

94

Fugue

XVL

a

4,

G

minor

with.

Appendix

.

»

96

Prelude

XVII,

A\> major

*

99

Fugue

XVII,

a

4,

A\>

major

 102

Prelude

XVIII,

G%

minor.

 105

Fugue XVIII,

a4,tf#

minor

 107

Prelude

XIX, A

major

(Fughetta) . . .

«

109

Fugue

XIX, a

3,

A major

ill

Prelude

XX,

A

minor

«

115

Fugue

XX,

a

4,

A

minor

~

117

Prelude

XXI,

B\> major

(Toccata)

...

124

Study.

-127

Fugue

XXI,

a

3,

^

major

 130

Prelude

XXII,

B\> minor

-

13

2

Fugue

XXII,

a

5,iy >

minor

 135

Prelude XXHI, B major

...

.

.

138

Fugue XXIII,

a4,/?

major

 140

Prelude XXN,B

minor

 

143

Fugue XXTV,

a

4,

B

minor

 146

Supplement

*

153

First

Appendix to Volume

I

.

154

Second

 

~

*

 

191

Third

 

...

195

Fourth

'

*

  ...

206

11858

Page 216: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 216/220

Page 217: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 217/220

Page 218: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 218/220

'

,05

Page 219: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 219/220

Page 220: 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

7/26/2019 48 preludes and fugues (well-tempered clavier).pdf

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/48-preludes-and-fugues-well-tempered-clavierpdf 220/220